UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): December 16, 2016

 

 

C&J Energy Services Ltd.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Bermuda   000-55404   98-1188116

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Commission

File Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Crown House, 2nd floor

4 Par-la-Ville Rd

Hamilton HM08 Bermuda

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (441) 279-4200

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2. below):

 

Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 

 


Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

Amendment to Tax Matters Agreement

As previously disclosed, on March 24, 2015, in connection with the business combination (the “ Merger ”) of C&J Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Legacy C&J ”), and the completion and production services business (the “ Business ”) of Nabors Industries Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (“ Nabors ”), Legacy C&J and Nabors entered into a tax matters agreement (the “ Tax Matters Agreement ”), which governs Nabors’ and Legacy C&J’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to taxes related to the Business (including responsibility for pre-Merger taxes and limitations on the ability of the Company (as defined below) to take certain actions after the Merger).

Pursuant to the Mediated Settlement Agreement, dated December 12, 2016, by and among the Bankruptcy Estate of the Debtors, the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of CJ Holding Co., the Steering Committee of Secured Lenders under the Prepetition Secured Debt Facility and the DIP Facility, and Nabors Corporate Services, Inc. (acting on behalf of itself and as agent for Nabors and its affiliates and subsidiaries, other than the Debtors (as defined below)) (the “ Settlement Agreement ”), the Company and Nabors agreed to make certain amendments to the Tax Matters Agreement, and agreed that the Company would assume the Tax Matters Agreement (and Nabors would not contest such assumption or seek payment of any additional cure amounts), as amended, in connection with the Plan (as defined below).

On December 16, 2016, the Company and Nabors entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Tax Matters Agreement (the “ Amendment ”), reflecting the amendments contemplated by the Settlement Agreement. Pursuant to the Amendment, the Company and Nabors have agreed that:

 

    The Company will bear responsibility for 75% of certain taxes for which it otherwise would have been entitled to reimbursement by Nabors, until such time as the amount of such taxes paid by the Company (subject to certain adjustments) equals $11,500,000 (the “ Tax Cap ”), and thereafter, Nabors will pay 100% of such taxes;

 

    The Company will (a) retain 100% of the refunds of taxes paid by Nabors that the Company received prior to December 12, 2016 (except as described in the next bullet) and that the Company otherwise would have been required to pay to Nabors, (b) be entitled to retain 75% of any refunds of taxes paid by Nabors that have been accrued on the Company’s books and records as of December 12, 2016 and that the Company otherwise would have been required to pay to Nabors, and (c) be entitled to retain 75% of any other refunds of taxes paid by Nabors prior to December 12, 2016 that the Company receives after December 12, 2016 but before it has paid an amount of taxes (as described in the previous bullet) equal to the Tax Cap;

 

    on the 14 th day following the Effective Date (as defined below), the Company will make a one-time payment to Nabors of $300,000 on account of the refunds described in clause (a) of the previous bullet; and

 

    the restructuring transactions contemplated by the Plan will not be subject to the restrictions in the Tax Matters Agreement on the Company’s ability to take certain actions after the Merger.

The foregoing description of the Amendment is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such amendment, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

2


Item 1.03 Bankruptcy or Receivership.

As previously disclosed, on July 20, 2016, C&J Energy Services Ltd. (“ C&J ” or the “ Company ”) and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Debtors ”) filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”). The Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) are being jointly administered under the case styled In re CJ Holding Co., et al., Case No. 16-33590 (DRJ) .

On December 16, 2016, the Bankruptcy Court entered the  Order Confirming the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (as Modified) of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “ Confirmation Order ”), which approved and confirmed the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (as Modified) of CJ Holding Company, et al. (the “ Plan ”).

The effective date of the Plan (the “ Effective Date ”) will occur after all conditions precedent to the Plan have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Although the Debtors currently anticipate that all such conditions precedent will be satisfied in early January 2016, the Debtors can make no assurances as to when, or ultimately if, the Plan will become effective.

The following is a summary of the material terms of the Plan. This summary highlights only certain substantive provisions of the Plan and is not intended to be a complete description of the Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan and the Confirmation Order, which are attached hereto as Exhibits 2.1 and 99.1, respectively, and incorporated by reference herein.

The Plan of Reorganization and Treatment of Claims and Interests

The Plan contemplates a restructuring of the Debtors through (i) the conversion of approximately $1.4 billion in outstanding obligations under the Debtors’ prepetition credit agreement into equity, (ii) a $200 million new money investment funded pursuant to a Rights Offering (as defined below) backstopped by the Backstop Parties (as defined below), (iii) the issuance of warrants to acquire stock in the Company, and (iv) the entry into a $100 million revolving exit facility.

The Plan contemplates, among other things, the following treatment of claims against and interests in the Debtors:

 

    The Company will issue approximately 54.7 million shares of common stock (the “ New Common Stock ”), including shares subscribed for pursuant to the Rights Offering and the Backstop Commitment Agreement (as defined below), to the holders of allowed secured lender claims and/or the Backstop Parties, and will issue additional shares of New Common Stock to satisfy payment of the put option premium pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

 

    The holders of unsecured convenience class claims will receive up to $2.5 million in cash (the “ Convenience Class Recovery Pool ”).

 

    The holders of general unsecured claims will receive (x) warrants to purchase up to 4% of the New Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis, at a strike price of $1.55 billion, subject to any applicable antidilution adjustments, issued to the Unsecured Claims Representative in accordance with the Plan and (y) $30.5 million in cash, plus any unused portion of the Convenience Class Recovery Pool.

 

3


    The holders of interests in C&J will receive warrants to purchase up to 2% of the New Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis, at a strike price of $1.55 billion, subject to any applicable antidilution adjustments.

In addition, the Plan incorporates an integrated compromise and settlement of claims to achieve a beneficial and efficient resolution of the Chapter 11 Cases. The settlement, distributions, and other benefits provided under the Plan, including the releases and exculpation provisions included therein, are in full satisfaction of all claims and causes of action that could be asserted. Additional information regarding the classification and treatment of claims and interests can be found in Article III of the Plan.

Capital Structure

Under the Plan, the Company’s new Certificate of Incorporation (the “ New Charter ”) and new Bylaws will become effective on the Effective Date. As of September 30, 2016 there were 119,581,014 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding, all of which will be cancelled pursuant to the Plan. The New Charter will authorize the Company to issue shares of the New Common Stock, all of which shall be distributed to holders of allowed secured lender claims in accordance with the Plan on the Effective Date, subject to dilution on account of an incentive-based compensation plan for the Debtor’s employees, the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the put option premium, and the new warrants, as applicable.

Rights Offering and Backstop Commitment Agreement

In addition, as previously disclosed, on November 15, 2016, the Company commenced an offering of subscription rights (the “ Rights Offering ”) to eligible holders of allowed secured lender claims to purchase up to $200 million of shares of New Common Stock in the aggregate at a price per share of $13.58. As previously disclosed, on December 6, 2016, the Company entered into a backstop commitment agreement (the “ Backstop Commitment Agreement ”) with certain holders of secured lender claims (the “ Backstop Parties ”), pursuant to which the Backstop Parties agreed, subject to the terms and conditions in the Backstop Commitment Agreement, to backstop the full amount of the Rights Offering. Participants in the Rights Offering subscribed for shares of New Common Stock, which will be issued on the Effective Date pursuant to the Plan. In addition, in accordance with the Confirmation Order and pursuant to the Plan and the Backstop Commitment Agreement, shares of New Common Stock that were unsubscribed in the Rights Offering, along with shares of New Common Stock representing a put option premium equal to 5% of the $200 million committed amount, will be issued to the Backstop Parties on the Effective Date.

Registration Rights Agreement

On the Effective Date, the Company will enter into a registration rights agreement in the form filed with the Bankruptcy Court as part of the Plan Supplement (as defined in the Plan), pursuant to which certain shareholders will receive certain customary registration rights with respect to their shares of New Common Stock.

Warrant Agreement

On the Effective Date, the Company will enter into a warrant agreement in the form filed with the Bankruptcy Court as part of the Plan Supplement, pursuant to which the Company will issue net-share settled warrants to purchase up to (x) 4% of the New Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis, to the unsecured claims representative for the benefit of the holders of general unsecured claims and (y) 2% of the New Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis, to the holders of interests in C&J, in each case at a strike price of $1.55 billion, subject to any applicable antidilution adjustments.

 

4


Reorganization Into Delaware Corporation On or Prior to Effective Date

In accordance with the Confirmation Order and pursuant to the Plan, the Company will reorganize from being a Bermuda company to a Delaware corporation and all of the outstanding equity interests in the reorganized Company immediately prior to such reorganization will be cancelled in exchange for new interests in the Company in its form as a Delaware corporation. The Company in its form as a Delaware corporation will be considered as a successor to the Company in its previous form as a Bermuda company. This reorganization is expected to occur on the Effective Date.

Post-Emergence Governance

On the Effective Date, the term of any current members of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) will expire, and a new board of directors of the Company (the “ New Board ”) will take office. The New Board will consist of Donald Gawick (the Company’s Chief Executive Officer), Stuart Brightman, John Kennedy, Steven Mueller, Patrick Murray, Michael Roemer and Michael Zawadzki.

On the Effective Date, the senior executive officers of the Company will consist of:

 

Donald Gawick    President & Chief Executive Officer
Everett “Mike” Hobbs    Chief Operating Officer
Mark Cashiola    Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
Danielle Hunter    Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and Chief Risk and Compliance Officer; Corporate Secretary
Patrick Bixenman    Chief Administrative Officer and President of Research and Technology
Nicholas Petronio    President of Well Services
Timothy Wallace    President of Completion Services
Edward Keppler    President of Corporate Operational Development

Stockholders Agreement

On the Effective Date, the Company will enter into a stockholders agreement in the form filed with the Bankruptcy Court as part of the Plan Supplement, which, among other things, will provide certain Backstop Parties with the right to designate for nomination directors to the New Board, which right will continue following emergence until the earlier of (i) the registration of the New Common Stock pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act in connection with the New Common Stock being listed on NASDAQ, the NYSE or the NYSE MKT or (ii) their ownership of New Common Stock falling below certain levels.

Management Incentive Plan

On or after the Effective Date, the Company will implement a new management incentive plan, pursuant to which equity awards of up to 10% of the total outstanding New Common Stock, on a fully

 

5


diluted basis, may be issued to management and employees of the reorganized Debtors on or after the Effective Date, solely at the discretion of the New Board and on terms to be determined by the New Board.

Releases

The Plan provides certain release provisions that include releases for the benefit of the Debtors, certain of the claimholders and all of the foregoing parties’ and their affiliates’ current and former equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and their current and former officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such, as further set forth in Article VIII of the Plan.

Exculpation

The Plan provides certain exculpation provisions, which include a full exculpation from liability in favor of the Debtors, certain of the claimholders and all of the foregoing parties’ respective current and former affiliates, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such, from various claims and causes of action, as further set forth in Article VIII of the Plan.

Certain Information Regarding Assets and Liabilities of the Company

Information regarding the assets and liabilities of the Company as of the most recent practicable date is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on February 29, 2016 and the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2016, filed with the SEC on November 7, 2016.

 

Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangement of Certain Officers

On December 16, 2016, Mr. H. H. “Tripp” Wommack, III, a member of the Board, resigned from the Board. Mr. Wommack’s decision to resign from the Board was not as a result of any disagreement with the Company or the Board.

Under the Company’s Bye-laws, the Board may appoint any person as a director to fill the vacancy on the Board as a result of Mr. Wommack’s resignation, subject to the approval of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board. As of December 16, 2016, the Board has not yet identified a nominee to serve on the Board as Mr. Wommack’s successor. The Board may not seek to appoint such successor director since the terms of the current members of the Board will expire on the Effective Date.

 

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.

The exhibits listed in the following Exhibit Index are filed as part of this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

6


Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  2.1    Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (as Modified) of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, dated December 15, 2016.
10.1    Amendment No. 1 to the Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2016, by and between Nabors Industries Ltd. and C&J Energy Services Ltd.
99.1    Order Confirming the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (as Modified) of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, as entered by the Bankruptcy Court on December 16, 2016.

 

7


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

    C&J ENERGY SERVICES LTD.
    (Registrant)
Date: December 21, 2016     By:  

/s/ Danielle Hunter

    Name:   Danielle Hunter
    Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel

 

8


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  2.1    Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (as Modified) of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, dated December 15, 2016.
10.1    Amendment No. 1 to the Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2016, by and between Nabors Industries Ltd. and C&J Energy Services Ltd.
99.1    Order Confirming the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (as Modified) of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, as entered by the Bankruptcy Court on December 16, 2016.

 

9

Exhibit 2.1

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

 

 

   §   
In re:    §    Chapter 11
   §   
CJ HOLDING CO., et al. , 1    §    Case No. 16-33590 (DRJ)
   §   

Debtors.

   §    (Jointly Administered)

 

   §   

SECOND AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (AS MODIFIED) OF CJ HOLDING

COMPANY, ET AL. , PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

 

 

Stephen Thomas Schwarzbach Jr. (Texas Bar No. 24079288)    Bernard Given II (Texas Bar No. 07990180)
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP    Lance Jurich (admitted pro hac vice )
600 Travis Street, Suite 3300    LOEB & LOEB LLP
Houston, Texas 77002    10100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 2200
Telephone: (713) 835-3600    Los Angeles, California 90067
Facsimile:  (713) 835-3601    Telephone: (310) 282-2000
   Facsimile: (310) 282-2200
- and -   
James H.M. Sprayregen, P.C.   
Marc Kieselstein, P.C. (admitted pro hac vice )   
Chad J. Husnick (admitted pro hac vice )   
Emily E. Geier (admitted pro hac vice )   
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP   
300 North LaSalle   
Chicago, Illinois 60654   
Telephone: (312) 862-2000   
Facsimile:  (312) 862-2200   

Co-Counsel to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession

Dated: December 15, 2016

 

 

1   The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number (if any), are: CJ Holding Co. (4586); Blue Ribbon Technology Inc. (6338); C&J Corporate Services (Bermuda) Ltd.; C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd.; C&J Energy Services, Inc. (3219); C&J Energy Services Ltd.; C&J Spec-Rent Services, Inc. (0712); C&J VLC, LLC (9989); C&J Well Services Inc. (5684); ESP Completion Technologies LLC (4615); KVS Transportation, Inc. (2415); Mobile Data Technologies Ltd.; Tellus Oilfield Inc. (2657); Tiger Cased Hole Services Inc. (7783); and Total E&S, Inc. (5351). The location of the Debtors’ service address is 3990 Rogerdale, Houston, Texas 77042.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

     1   

A.

 

Defined Terms

     1   

B.

 

Rules of Interpretation

     13   

C.

 

Computation of Time

     14   

D.

 

Governing Law

     14   

E.

 

Reference to Monetary Figures

     14   

F.

 

Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

     14   

G.

 

Controlling Document

     14   

ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

     15   

A.

 

Administrative Claims

     15   

B.

 

DIP Facility Claims

     15   

C.

 

Payment of Fees and Expenses Under DIP Orders or RSA

     16   

D.

 

Professional Fee Claims

     16   

E.

 

Priority Tax Claims

     17   

ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

     17   

A.

 

Classification of Claims and Interests

     17   

B.

 

Treatment of Claims and Interests

     18   

C.

 

Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

     22   

D.

 

Elimination of Vacant Classes

     22   

E.

 

Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

     22   

F.

 

Intercompany Interests

     22   

G.

 

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

     23   

H.

 

Controversy Concerning Impairment

     23   

I.

 

Subordinated Claims

     23   

ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

     23   

A.

 

General Settlement of Claims and Interests

     23   

B.

 

Restructuring Transactions

     24   

C.

 

Reorganized Debtors

     24   

D.

 

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

     24   

E.

 

Corporate Existence

     25   

F.

 

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors and Unsecured Claims Representative

     25   

G.

 

Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements

     26   

H.

 

Corporate Action

     26   

I.

 

New Organizational Documents

     27   

J.

 

Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors

     27   

K.

 

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

     27   

L.

 

Section 1146 Exemption

     27   

M.

 

Director and Officer Liability Insurance

     28   

N.

 

Management Incentive Program

     28   

O.

 

Employee and Retiree Benefits

     28   

P.

 

Preservation of Causes of Action

     28   

ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

     29   

A.

 

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     29   

B.

 

Indemnification Obligations

     30   

C.

 

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

     30   

D.

 

Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed

     30   

E.

 

Preexisting Obligations to the Debtors under Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     31   

F.

 

Insurance Policies

     31   

 

i


G.

 

Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

     31   

H.

 

Reservation of Rights

     32   

I.

 

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

     32   

J.

 

Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date

     32   

ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

     32   

A.

 

Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed

     32   

B.

 

Disbursing Agent

     32   

C.

 

Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

     33   

D.

 

Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

     33   

E.

 

Manner of Payment

     34   

F.

 

Distributions to Holders of Class 6 General Unsecured Claims

     34   

G.

 

Section 1145 Exemption

     37   

H.

 

Compliance with Tax Requirements

     38   

I.

 

Allocations

     38   

J.

 

No Postpetition Interest on Claims

     38   

K.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate

     38   

L.

 

Setoffs and Recoupment

     38   

M.

 

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

     39   

ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

     39   

A.

 

Allowance of Claims

     39   

B.

 

Claims Administration Responsibilities

     39   

C.

 

Estimation of Claims and Interests

     40   

D.

 

Adjustment to Claims or Interests without Objection

     40   

E.

 

Time to File Objections to Claims

     40   

F.

 

Disallowance of Claims or Interests

     40   

G.

 

Amendments to Claims or Interests

     40   

H.

 

No Distributions Pending Allowance

     41   

I.

 

Distributions After Allowance

     41   

ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

     41   

A.

 

Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

     41   

B.

 

Release of Liens

     41   

C.

 

Releases by the Debtors

     42   

D.

 

Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

     42   

E.

 

Exculpation

     43   

F.

 

Injunction

     43   

G.

 

SEC Rights Reserved

     44   

H.

 

Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment

     44   

I.

 

Document Retention

     44   

J.

 

Reimbursement or Contribution

     44   

ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

     45   

A.

 

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

     45   

B.

 

Waiver of Conditions

     46   

C.

 

Effect of Failure of Conditions

     46   

ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

     46   

A.

 

Modification and Amendments

     46   

B.

 

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

     47   

C.

 

Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan

     47   

 

ii


ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     47   

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     49   

A.

 

Immediate Binding Effect

     49   

B.

 

Additional Documents

     49   

C.

 

Payment of Statutory Fees

     49   

D.

 

Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment

     49   

E.

 

Reservation of Rights

     49   

F.

 

Successors and Assigns

     49   

G.

 

Notices

     50   

H.

 

Term of Injunctions or Stays

     50   

I.

 

Entire Agreement

     51   

J.

 

Exhibits

     51   

K.

 

Nonseverability of Plan Provisions

     51   

L.

 

Votes Solicited in Good Faith

     51   

M.

 

Closing of Chapter 11 Cases

     51   

N.

 

Waiver or Estoppel

     52   

O.

 

Conflicts

     52   

 

iii


INTRODUCTION

The Debtors propose this Plan for the resolution of the outstanding claims against and interests in the Debtors pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I.A hereof. Holders of Claims or Interests may refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, businesses, assets, results of operations, historical financial information, and accomplishments during the Chapter 11 Cases, and projections of future operations, as well as a summary and description of the Plan and certain related matters. The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,

COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

 

A. Defined Terms.

As used in this Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below.

1. “ Administrative Claim ” means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Estates under sections 503(b), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date of preserving the Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors; (b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims in the Chapter 11 Cases; and (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1911-1930.

2. “ Administrative Claim Bar Date ” means the deadline for filing requests for payment of Administrative Claims, which shall be 30 days after the Effective Date.

3. “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. With respect to any Person that is not a Debtor, the term “Affiliate” shall apply to such Person as if the Person were a Debtor.

4. “ Allowed ” means, with respect to any Claim, except as otherwise provided in the Plan: (a) a Claim that is evidenced by a Proof of Claim Filed by the Bar Date (or for which Claim under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or pursuant to a Final Order a Proof of Claim is not or shall not be required to be Filed); (b) a Claim that is listed in the Schedules as not contingent, not unliquidated, and not disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim, as applicable, has been timely Filed; or (c) a Claim Allowed pursuant to the Plan or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that with respect to a Claim described in clauses (a) and (b) above, such Claim shall be considered Allowed only if and to the extent that, with respect to such Claim, no objection to the allowance thereof has been interposed by any party in interest within the applicable period of time fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, or the Bankruptcy Court, or such an objection is so interposed and the Claim, as applicable, shall have been Allowed by a Final Order. Any Claim that has been or is hereafter listed in the Schedules as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim is or has been timely Filed, is not considered Allowed and shall be expunged without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval, or order of the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Claim of any Entity subject to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Allowed unless and until such Entity pays in full the amount that it owes such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt: (x) a Proof of Claim Filed after the Bar Date shall not be Allowed for any purposes whatsoever absent entry of a Final Order allowing such late-filed Claim; (y) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the definition of “Allowed” herein and therein incorporates by reference the terms of paragraph 22 of the interim DIP Facility Order and any equivalent provision in any subsequent order approving the DIP motion on a final basis, including that there shall be no requirement that the Credit Agreement Agent or any Lender File a Proof of Claim in respect of any Lender Claim in order for such Lender Claim to be allowed;

 

1


provided , however, that the Credit Agreement Agent is authorized but not directed to file a Master Proof of Claim (as defined in the interim DIP Facility Order) against each of the Debtors; and (z) the Debtors may affirmatively determine to deem Unimpaired Claims Allowed to the same extent such Claims would be allowed under applicable non-bankruptcy law. “Allow” and “Allowing” shall have correlative meanings.

5. “ Avoidance Actions ” means any and all actual or potential Claims and Causes of Action to avoid a transfer of property or an obligation incurred by any of the Debtors pursuant to any applicable section of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553(b), and 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or under similar or related state or federal statutes and common law.

6. “ Backstop Commitment Agreement ” means that certain agreement to be entered into by the Debtors and the Backstop Parties, pursuant to which, among other things, (a) the Backstop Parties shall backstop the Rights Offering, (b) the Backstop Parties shall receive the Backstop Fee and (c) the Rights Offering Shares shall be issued at a price that reflects a discount of 20% to Plan Value ( provided , that Plan Value shall not be greater than $750 million).

7. “ Backstop Fee ” means the commitment premium, approved pursuant to the Confirmation Order, of five percent of the $200 million committed amount payable in New Common Stock (issued at the same price as the Rights Offering Shares) to the Backstop Parties on the Effective Date.

8. “ Backstop Parties ” means certain Supporting Creditors, including certain funds or accounts managed or advised by (a) Ascribe Capital LLC, (b) Blue Mountain Capital Management, LLC, (c) GSO Capital Partners LP, (d) Solus Alternative Asset Management LP, (e) Silver Point Capital L.P., and (f) Symphony Asset Management LLC, that have agreed to backstop the Rights Offering and are signatories to the Backstop Commitment Agreement, solely in their capacities as such.

9. “ Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532.

10. “ Bankruptcy Court ” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas.

11. “ Bankruptcy Rules ” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

12. “ Bar Date ” means the date established by the Bankruptcy Court by which Proofs of Claim must be Filed with respect to such Claims, other than Administrative Claims, Claims held by Governmental Units, or other Claims or Interests for which the Bankruptcy Court entered an order excluding the holders of such Claims or Interests from the requirement of Filing Proofs of Claim.

13. “ Beneficiaries ” means “Beneficiaries,” as such term is defined in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

14. “ Bermuda Act ” means the Companies Act 1981.

15. “ Bermudian Court ” means a court of proper jurisdiction in Bermuda.

16. “ Bermudian Debtors ” means, collectively, C&J Energy and C&J Corporate Services (Bermuda) Ltd.

17. “ Bermudian Proceedings ” means the provisional liquidation proceeding under the Companies Act 1981.

18. “ Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).

 

2


19. “ C&J Common Stock ” means C&J Energy’s authorized and issued common stock outstanding as of the Effective Date.

20. “ C&J Energy ” means C&J Energy Services, Ltd.

21. “ Canadian Court ” means a court of proper jurisdiction in Alberta, Canada.

22. “ Canadian Debtors ” means, collectively, C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd., and Mobile Data Technologies Ltd.

23. “ Canadian Proceedings ” means the ancillary proceedings under Part IV of the CCAA.

24. “ Cash ” means cash and cash equivalents, including bank deposits, checks, and other similar items in legal tender of the United States of America.

25. “ Causes of Action ” means any claims, interests, damages, remedies, causes of action, demands, rights, actions, suits, obligations, liabilities, accounts, defenses, offsets, powers, privileges, licenses, liens, indemnities, guaranties, and franchises of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, contingent or non-contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, assertable, directly or derivatively, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, in contract, tort, law, equity, or otherwise. Causes of Action also include: (a) all rights of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and claims under contracts or for breaches of duties imposed by law; (b) the right to object to or otherwise contest Claims or Interests; (c) claims pursuant to sections 362, 510, 542, 543, 544 through 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (d) such claims and defenses as fraud, mistake, duress, and usury, and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code.

26. “ CCAA ” means the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) R.S.C. 1985, c. C-36 (as amended).

27. “ Challenge Period ” has the meaning set forth in the DIP Facility Order.

28. “ Chapter 11 Cases ” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all the Debtors, the procedurally consolidated chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.

29. “ Claim ” means any claim, as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against any of the Debtors.

30. “ Claims and Balloting Agent ” means Donlin, Recano & Company, the notice, claims, and solicitation agent retained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases by Bankruptcy Court order.

31. “ Claims Register ” means the official register of Claims maintained by the Claims and Balloting Agent.

32. “ Class ” means a class of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III hereof pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

33. “ Class  6 Disputed Claims Reserve ” means a reserve for a portion of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool to be held by the Unsecured Claims Representative for the benefit of the holders of Disputed Claims in Class 6, in an amount equal to the Plan Distributions such holders of Disputed Claims would be entitled to receive on the date the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool is distributed in accordance with Article VI.F of the Plan if such Disputed Claims were Allowed in their full amounts on such date (or, if applicable, the amounts of the Disputed Claims as estimated by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to Article VII.C of the Plan).

 

3


34. “ CM/ECF ” means the Bankruptcy Court’s Case Management and Electronic Case Filing system.

35. “ Committee ” means the official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases [Docket No. 142].

36. “ Company ” means C&J Energy and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

37. “ Confirmation ” means the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, subject to all conditions specified in Article IX.A of the Plan having been (a) satisfied or (b) waived pursuant to Article IX.B of the Plan.

38. “ Confirmation Date ” means the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

39. “ Confirmation Hearing ” means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court on confirmation of the Plan, pursuant to sections 1128 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.

40. “ Confirmation Order ” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

41. “ Consummation ” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.

42. “ Convenience Class  Recovery Pool ” means Cash in an amount not to exceed $2.5 million; provided , however , that any remaining Cash in the Convenience Class Recovery Pool after distributions to holders of Allowed Class 5 Claims shall be transferred to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

43. “ Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2015, by and among C&J Energy, CJ Holding Co., CJ Lux Holdings S.a.r.l., the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Credit Agreement Agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended and restated by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of the same date, as the Waiver and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2015 and as the Third Amendment (Refinancing Amendment) to Credit Agreement dated as of September 29, 2015, and as further modified pursuant to that certain Temporary Limited Waiver Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2016, and the Second Forbearance Agreement).

44. “ Credit Agreement Agent ” means Cortland Capital Market Services LLC, in its capacity as successor administrative agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement Documents, its successors, assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and, as applicable, its predecessor administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A.

45. “ Credit Agreement Documents ” means, collectively, the Credit Agreement, each other Loan Document (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith (including any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, and other security documents).

46. “ Cure Claim ” means a Claim based upon the Debtors’ defaults on an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

4


47. “ Debtors ” means, collectively, each of the following: C&J Energy, C&J Corporate Services (Bermuda) Ltd.; C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd.; U.S. Holdco; Blue Ribbon Technology, Inc.; C&J Energy Services, Inc.; C&J Spec-Rent Services Inc.; C&J VLC, LLC; C&J Well Services Inc., ESP Completion Technologies LLC; KVS Transportation Inc.; Mobile Data Technologies Ltd.; Tellus Oilfield Inc.; Tiger Cased Hole Services, Inc.; and Total E&S, Inc.

48. “ Deficiency Lender Claim ” means a Lender Claim that is not a Secured Claim.

49. “ DIP Facility ” means a senior secured superpriority delayed draw term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $100 million, provided in connection with the DIP Facility Loan Agreement and approved by the Bankruptcy Court on a final basis pursuant to the DIP Facility Order.

50. “ DIP Facility Agent ” means Cortland Capital Market Services LLC, in its capacity as administrative agent under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, its successors, assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the DIP Facility Loan Agreement.

51. “ DIP Facility Claim ” means a Claim held by the DIP Facility Lenders or the DIP Facility Agent arising under or relating to the DIP Facility Loan Agreement or the DIP Facility Order, including any and all fees, interests paid in kind, and accrued but unpaid interest and fees arising under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement.

52. “ DIP Facility Lenders ” means, collectively, (a) the DIP Facility Backstop Lenders and (b) the other Supporting Creditors party to the DIP Facility Loan Agreement that are not DIP Facility Backstop Lenders.

53. “ DIP Facility Backstop Lenders ” means certain of the Supporting Creditors, collectively, in their capacity as backstop lenders party to the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, including (a) Ascribe III Investments, LLC, (b) BLT 13 LLC, (c) Blue Mountain Credit Alternatives Master Fund L.P., (d) Blue Mountain Foinaven Master Fund L.P., (e) Blue Mountain Guadalupe Peak Fund L.P., (f) Blue Mountain Kicking Horse Fund L.P., (g) Blue Mountain Logan Opportunities Master Fund L.P., (h) Blue Mountain Montenvers Master Fund SCA SICAVSIF, (i) Blue Mountain Summit Trading L.P., (j) GSO Capital Solutions Fund II (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l., (k) Sola LTD, (l) Solus Opportunities Fund 5 LP, (m) Ultra Master Ltd, and (n) Solus Opportunities Fund 3 LP.

54. “ DIP Facility Loan Agreement ” means the Superpriority Secured Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement dated as of July 29, 2016, by and among C&J Energy Services Ltd and certain subsidiaries thereof, CJ Holding Co., the DIP Facility Agent, and the DIP Facility Lenders.

55. “ DIP Facility Order ” means, collectively, (a) the Interim Order (I)  Authorizing Debtors (A)  to Obtain Postpetition Financing Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105, 361, 362, 363(b), 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), 364(d)(1) and 364(e) and (B)  to Utilize Cash Collateral Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 363, (II) Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 361, 362, 363, 364 and 507(b) and (III)  Scheduling Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 4001(b) and (c) [Docket No. 67], (b) the Second Interim Order (I)  Authorizing Debtors (A)  to Obtain Postpetition Financing Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105, 361, 362, 363(b), 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), 364(d)(1) and 364(e) and (B)  to Utilize Cash Collateral Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 363, (II) Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 361, 362, 363, 364 and 507(b) and (III)  Scheduling Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 4001(b) and (c) [Docket No. 113], and (c) the Final Order (I)  Authorizing Debtors (A)  to Obtain Postpetition Financing Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105, 361, 362, 363(b), 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), 364(d)(1) and 364(e) and (B)  to Utilize Cash Collateral Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 363, and (II)  Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 361, 362, 363, 364 and 507(b) [Docket No. 497].

56. “ DIP Facility Term Sheet ” means the DIP Facility Term Sheet attached as Exhibit A-1 to the Restructuring Term Sheet.

 

5


57. “ Disbursing Agent ” means the Reorganized Debtors or the Entity or Entities selected by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to make or facilitate distributions pursuant to the Plan (other than with respect to distributions to holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 5 and 6, which distributions shall be made solely by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion).

58. “ Disclosure Statement ” means the Disclosure Statement Relating to the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Co., et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code , dated November 3, 2016, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein that relate to the Plan, that is prepared and distributed in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and any other applicable law.

59. “ Disclosure Statement Order ” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure Statement, the procedures for solicitation of the Disclosure Statement, and the Rights Offering Procedures, in form and substance acceptable to the Required Supporting Creditors.

60. “ Disputed Claim ” or “ Disputed Interest ” means any Claim or Interest that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, believe is unliquidated, disputed, or contingent and which has not been Allowed by Final Order of a court of competent jurisdiction or by agreement with the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.

61. “ Distribution Record Date ” means other than with respect to publicly held securities, the record date for purposes of making distributions under the Plan on account of Allowed Claims, which date shall be the first day of the Confirmation Hearing.

62. “ Effective Date ” means the date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which (a) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect, (b) all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A. of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B. of the Plan, and (c) the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors and the Committee, declare the Plan effective. Any action to be taken on the Effective Date may be taken on or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

63. “ Employment Obligations ” means any existing obligations to employees to be assumed, reinstated, or honored, as applicable, in accordance with Article IV.O of the Plan.

64. “ Entity ” means any entity, as defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

65. “ Equity Security ” means any equity security, as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code, in a Debtor.

66. “ Estate ” means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for the Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

67. “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. § 78a, et seq.

68. “ Executory Contract ” means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party and that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

69. “ Exculpated Partie s” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) any official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases and each of their respective members; and (c) with respect to each of the foregoing, such Entity and its current and former Affiliates, and such Entity’s and its current and former Affiliates’ current and former equity holders, subsidiaries, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

 

6


70. “ Exit Facility ” means a senior secured revolving asset-based lending credit facility to be arranged and provided by one or more commercial lending institutions in a minimum amount of $100 million, on terms satisfactory to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Required Supporting Creditors, to the extent the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, the Backstop Parties, and the Required Supporting Creditors agree that such a facility is in the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors.

71. “ Exit Facility Agent ” means the administrative agent under the Exit Facility Loan Agreement, its successors, assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the DIP Facility Loan Agreement.

72. “ Exit Facility Documents ” means the Exit Facility and any other guarantee, security, and relevant documentation with respect to the Exit Facility, as applicable.

73. “ Exit Facility Lenders ” means those lenders party to the Exit Facility Loan Agreement.

74. “ Exit Facility Loan Agreement ” means that certain loan agreement memorializing the Exit Facility, which shall be entered into among one or more of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (as applicable), certain affiliates thereof that are obligors under the Exit Facility, the Exit Facility Agent, and the Exit Facility Lenders.

75. “ Federal Judgment Rate ” means the federal judgment rate in effect as of the Petition Date.

76. “ File ” or “ Filed ” means file, filed, or filing with the Bankruptcy Court or its authorized designee in the Chapter 11 Cases.

77. “ Final Order ” means, as applicable, an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal or seek certiorari has expired and no appeal or petition for certiorari has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought or the new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall have been denied, resulted in no modification of such order, or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice.

78. “ General Unsecured Claim ” means any Unsecured Claim that is not an Unsecured Convenience Class Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, any Deficiency Lender Claim shall constitute a General Unsecured Claim.

79. “ Governmental Unit ” means any governmental unit, as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

80. “ Impaired ” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

81. “ Insider ” has the meaning set forth in section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code.

82. “ Intercompany Claim ” means any Claim held by a Debtor or an Affiliate against a Debtor, excluding the Nabors Claim.

83. “ Intercompany Interest ” means, other than an Interest in C&J Energy, (a) an Interest in one Debtor or non-Debtor subsidiary held by another Debtor or non-Debtor subsidiary or (b) an Interest in a Debtor or a non-Debtor subsidiary held by an Affiliate of a Debtor or a non-Debtor subsidiary.

84. “ Interest ” means any Equity Security in any Debtor and any other rights, options, warrants, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights, restricted stock units, redemption rights, repurchase rights, convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities or other agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to, or whose value is related to, any such interest or other ownership interest in any Debtor.

 

7


85. “ Interest Holder New Warrants ” means the 7-year, net share settled warrants to acquire up to two percent of the New Common Stock on a fully diluted basis at a strike price of $1.55 billion, which shall be issued in accordance with the Plan to holders of Interests in C&J Energy on the Effective Date on the terms set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

86. “ Judicial Code ” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001.

87. “ Lender ” means each lender under the Credit Agreement.

88. “ Lender Claim ” means a Claim arising under, derived from, or based upon the Credit Agreement.

89. “ Lien ” means a lien as defined in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

90. “ Liquidating Trust ” shall mean the entity created pursuant to the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

91. “ Management Incentive Plan ” means that certain post-Effective Date management incentive plan that shall provide for ten percent of the New Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis, to be issued to management of the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date at the discretion of the New Board and on terms to be determined by the New Board (including with respect to allocation, timing and structure of such issuance and the Management Incentive Plan).

92. “ Merger ” means those certain transactions on or around March 24, 2015, by and among the predecessors to the Debtors and the completion and production business of Nabors, effectuating a merger of such entities, excluding (a) that certain Separation Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2014, by and between Nabors Industries Ltd. and Nabors Red Lion Limited, (b) that certain Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2015, by and between Nabors Industries Ltd. and Nabors Red Lion Limited, and (c) that certain Global Alliance Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2015, by and between Nabors Red Lion Limited and Nabors Industries, Ltd., in each case as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified prior to the Petition Date.

93. “ Mineral Contractor Claim ” means a Claim that is secured by, or in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company may be secured by, a lien on property of a customer of the Debtors arising under chapter 56 of the Texas Property Code, or any similar federal, state, or local law, whether or not such Claim is or may be secured by a lien on property of the Debtors.

94. “ Nabors ” means Nabors Industries Ltd. and its subsidiaries and Affiliates other than the Debtors.

95. “ Nabors Claim ” means any and all Claims held by Nabors as of the Petition Date.

96. “ New Board ” means the board of directors of the Reorganized Debtors on and after the Effective Date to be appointed by the Supporting Creditors, in consultation with the Reorganized Debtors’ management, and the identities of the directors on the New Board shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement, to the extent known at the time of filing, provided , however , that the Reorganized Debtors’ chief executive officer shall be a member of the New Board and the remainder of the New Board shall be appointed in compliance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

97. “ New Common Equity Pool ” means 100% of the New Common Stock issued and outstanding on the Effective Date to be distributed to the holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims in accordance with the Plan, subject to dilution on account of the Management Incentive Plan, the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Backstop Fee, and the New Warrants (as applicable).

 

8


98. “ New Common Stoc k” means common stock of Reorganized C&J Energy.

99. “ New Money Investment ” means the $200 million gross new money investment in the Reorganized Debtors to be funded pursuant to the Rights Offering (backstopped by the Backstop Parties) in exchange for the Rights Offering Shares.

100. “ New Warrants ” means, collectively: (a) the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants; and (b) the Interest Holder New Warrants.

101. “ New Organizational Documents ” means the documents providing for corporate governance of the Reorganized Debtors, including charters, bylaws, operating agreements, or other organizational documents or shareholders’ agreements, as applicable, which shall be consistent with the Restructuring Term Sheet and section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code (as applicable), and shall be included in the Plan Supplement, provided , that the New Organizational Documents are otherwise acceptable to the Debtors and the Backstop Parties.

102. “ Non-Debtor Loan Party ” means each borrower and each guarantor under the Credit Agreement that is not a Debtor.

103. “ Other Priority Claim ” means any Claim, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

104. “ Other Secured Claim ” means any Secured Claim, other than a Lender Claim or a DIP Facility Claim, including any Secured Tax Claim or any Claim arising under, derived from, or based upon any letter of credit issued in favor of one or more Debtors, the reimbursement obligation for which is either secured by a Lien on collateral or is subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

105. “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

106. “ Petition Date ” means July 20, 2016, the date on which the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases.

107. “ Plan” means this Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Company, et al. Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code , including the Plan Supplement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

108. “ Plan Distribution ” means a payment or distribution to holders of Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, or other eligible Entities under the Plan.

109. “ Plan Settlement ” means the good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies as described in Article IV.A of the Plan.

110. “ Plan Settlement Parties ” means, collectively: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Committee; and (c) the Supporting Creditors, each of which are party to the Plan Settlement.

111. “ Plan Supplement ” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, agreements, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan (in each case, (a) in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors and (b) as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) to be Filed by the Debtors no later than five days before the Voting Deadline or such later date as may be approved by the Bankruptcy Court on notice to parties in interest, including the following, as applicable: (a) New Organizational Documents; (b) Exit Facility Documents; (c) Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (d) Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (e) Schedule of Retained Causes of Action; (f) the Backstop Commitment Agreement (including the Rights Offering Procedures attached

 

9


thereto); (g) the Warrant Agreement; (h) the Registration Rights Agreement; and (i) the Unsecured Creditor Agreement; provided , however , that the documents set forth in clauses (e), (g), and (i) shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee.

112. “ Plan Value ” means the total settled plan enterprise value, provided , that the Plan Value shall be no greater than $750 million.

113. “ Priority Tax Claim ” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

114. “ Pro Rata ” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in that Class.

115. “ Professional ” means an Entity: (a) employed pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or on the Confirmation Date, pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

116. “ Professional Fee Amount ” means the aggregate amount of Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses of Professionals estimate they have incurred or will incur in rendering services to the Debtors as set forth in Article II.C of the Plan.

117. “ Professional Fee Claim ” means a Claim by a professional seeking an award by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred through and including the Confirmation Date under sections 330, 331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4), or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

118. “ Professional Fee Escrow Account ” means an interest-bearing account funded by the Debtors with Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Amount.

119. “ Proof of Claim ” means a proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases by the applicable Bar Date.

120. “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement to be entered into among Reorganized C&J Energy and certain holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims.

121. “ Reinstate ,” “ Reinstated ,” or “ Reinstatement ” means with respect to Claims and Interests, that the Claim or Interest shall be rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

122. “ Released Party ” means collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Supporting Creditors; (b) the Backstop Parties; (c) the Credit Agreement Agent; (d) the Lenders; (e) the DIP Facility Lenders; (f) the DIP Facility Agent; (g) the Exit Facility Lenders; (h) the Exit Facility Agent; (i) the Committee and its members; (j) Nabors; and (k) with respect to each of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and each of the foregoing entities in clauses (a) through (j), such Entity and its current and former Affiliates and subsidiaries, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals.

123. “ Releasing Parties ” means collectively, (a) the Supporting Creditors, (b) the Backstop Parties, (c) the DIP Facility Lenders, (d) the Credit Agreement Agent, (e) the Lenders, (f) the DIP Facility Agent, (g) the Committee and its members (h) Nabors; (i) all holders of Claims, (j) all holders of Interests, and (k) with respect

 

10


to each of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and each of the foregoing entities in clauses (a) through (j), such Entity and its current and former Affiliates and subsidiaries, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such collectively.

124. “ Reorganized C&J Energy ” means, on or after the Effective Date, (a) C&J Energy (which may change its name from C&J Energy Services Ltd. or jurisdiction of incorporation from Bermuda to a name or jurisdiction of incorporation, respectively, that shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement) or, if applicable, (b) any (i) successor or assign, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise (including any newly established corporation, partnership, or limited liability company) or (ii) other Reorganized Debtor designated to issue the New Common Stock, in each case as set forth in the Plan Supplement.

125. “ Reorganized Debtors ” means, collectively, a Debtor, or any successor or assign thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date.

126. “ Required Supporting Creditors ” means, at any relevant time, the Supporting Creditors holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Total Credit Exposure (as defined in the Credit Agreement) held by Supporting Creditors.

127. “ Restructuring Term Sheet ” means the Restructuring Term Sheet attached as Exhibit A to the RSA, dated as of July 8, 2016, by and among the Debtors and the Supporting Creditors, as amended pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Restructuring Term Sheet, dated July 14, 2016, and as may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, in accordance with its terms.

128. “ Restructuring Transactions ” means the transactions described in Article IV.B of the Plan.

129. “ Rights Offering ” means the rights offering in respect of the Rights Offering Shares that is backstopped by the Backstop Parties in connection with the Restructuring Transactions pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement and in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

130. “ Rights Offering Procedures ” means the procedures governing the Rights Offering attached as an exhibit to the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

131. “ Rights Offering Shares ” means the shares of New Common Stock issued in accordance with the Rights Offering and subject to the terms of the Backstop Commitment Agreement and the Rights Offering Procedures, at a price that reflects a discount of 20% to Plan Value (provided that Plan Value shall be no greater than $750 million).

132. “ RSA ” means that certain Restructuring Support and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2016, by and among the Debtors and the Supporting Creditors, as amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Restructuring Support and Lock-Up Agreement, dated July 14, 2016, and as may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, in accordance with its terms.

133. “ Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases ” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors and the Debtors.

134. “ Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases ” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors and the Debtors.

 

11


135. “ Schedule of Retained Causes of Action ” means the schedule of certain Causes of Action of the Debtors that are not released, waived, or transferred pursuant to the Plan, which shall be acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Creditors, and the Committee, and as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time with the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors, the Debtors and the Committee.

136. “ Schedules ” means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities, Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and statement of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code, the official bankruptcy forms, and the Bankruptcy Rules, as they may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

137. “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

138. “ Second Forbearance Agreement ” means that certain Second Forbearance Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, as amended on July 15, 2015, and as may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, in accordance with its terms.

139. “ Secured Claim ” means a Claim: (a) secured by a Lien on collateral to the extent of the value of such collateral, as determined in accordance with section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or (b) subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

140. “ Secured Lender Claim ” means a Secured Claim that is a Lender Claim.

141. “ Secured Tax Claim ” means any Secured Claim that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of time limitations), including any related Secured Claim for penalties.

142. “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a–77aa, or any similar federal, state, or local law.

143. “ Security ” means any security, as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.

144. “ Subscription Rights ” means the rights to purchase Rights Offering Shares as set forth in the Rights Offering Procedures.

145. “ Subordinated Securities Claim ” means a Claim of the type described in and subject to subordination pursuant to section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

146. “ Supporting Creditors ” means each lender (or certain designated affiliates thereof) that executes a signature page, or is otherwise a party, to the RSA.

147. “ Unexpired Lease ” means a lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

148. “ Unimpaired ” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

12


149. “ Unsecured Claim ” means any Claim that is not an Administrative Claim, a Professional Fee Claim, a Secured Tax Claim, an Other Secured Claim, a Priority Tax Claim, an Other Priority Claim, a Mineral Contractor Claim, a Secured Lender Claim, or a DIP Facility Claim.

150. “ Unsecured Claims Representative ” means the one person to be appointed by the Committee, with the consent of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Required Supporting Creditors (in each case, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), on the Effective Date, as set forth in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

151. “ Unsecured Claims Representative Fee Amount ” means the fees and expenses incurred by the Unsecured Claims Representative to be deducted from the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

152. “ Unsecured Convenience Class  Claim ” means, collectively: (a) any Unsecured Claim (including prepetition accrued interest) in the amount of $15,000 or less that does not elect on its ballot to be treated as a Class 6 General Unsecured Claim; or (b) any General Unsecured Claim (including prepetition accrued interest) in an amount in excess of $15,000 that the holder thereof, pursuant to such holder’s ballot or such other election accepted by the Debtors, elects to have reduced to the amount of $15,000 and to be treated as a Class 5 Unsecured Convenience Class Claim.

153. “ Unsecured Creditor Agreement ” means the agreement to be entered into by and among the Debtors and the Committee with respect to the post-Effective Date reconciliation, objection, settlement, and distribution of General Unsecured Claims, as described more fully in Article VI.F of the Plan, the agreement for which shall be substantially in the form set forth in the Plan Supplement and shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors, the Committee, and the Required Supporting Creditors.

154. “ Unsecured Creditor Cash Pool ” means Cash in the amount of $30.5 million, plus any unused portion of the Convenience Class Recovery Pool.

155. “ Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool ” means, collectively: (a) the Unsecured Creditor Cash Pool and (b) the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants.

156. “ Unsecured Creditor New Warrants ” means the 7-year, net share settled warrants to acquire up to four percent of the New Common Stock on a fully diluted basis at a strike price of $1.55 billion, or the proceeds thereof, which shall be issued in accordance with the Plan to the Unsecured Claims Representative for the benefit of the holders of Allowed Class 6 Claims on the terms set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

157. “ Voting Deadline ” means December 9, 2016 at 4:00 p.m. prevailing Central Time.

158. “ Warrant Agreement ” means that certain agreement providing for, among other things, the issuance and terms of the New Warrants, the form of which shall be Filed pursuant to the Plan Supplement and which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Committee, and the Required Supporting Creditors.

 

B. Rules of Interpretation .

For purposes of this Plan: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those terms and conditions; (3) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit, whether or not Filed, having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, modified, or supplemented; (4) any reference to an Entity as a

 

13


holder of a Claim or Interest includes that Entity’s successors and assigns; (5) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles hereof or hereto; (6) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan Supplement; (7) unless otherwise specified, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (8) subject to the provisions of any contract, certificate of incorporation, by-law, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the applicable federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules; (9) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (10) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (11) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (12) all references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (13) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; and (14) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity.

 

C. Computation of Time.

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

D. Governing Law.

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws (other than section 5-1401 and section 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law), shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control), and corporate governance matters; provided , however , that corporate governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, not incorporated in New York shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation of the relevant Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.

 

E. Reference to Monetary Figures.

All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

F. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.

 

G. Controlling Document.

In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan, and the Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control in all respects. In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the

 

14


relevant provision in the Plan shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan document or in the Confirmation Order). In the event of an inconsistency between the Confirmation Order and the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall control.

ARTICLE II.

ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Facility Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III hereof.

 

A. Administrative Claims.

Unless otherwise agreed to by the holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than holders of Professional Fee Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code) will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (1) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (2) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than 30 days after the date on which an order allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (3) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (4) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such holder and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (5) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except for Professional Fee Claims and DIP Facility Claims, and unless previously Filed, requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors no later than the Administrative Claim Bar Date pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of the occurrence of the Effective Date. Objections to such requests must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting party by the later of (1) 180 days after the Effective Date and (2) 180 days after the Filing of the applicable request for payment of the Administrative Claims, if applicable. After notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and prior Bankruptcy Court orders, the Allowed amounts, if any, of Administrative Claims shall be determined by, and satisfied in accordance with an order of, the Bankruptcy Court.

Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to File and serve a request for such payment of such Administrative Claims that do not file and serve such a request by the Administrative Claim Bar Date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or their property, and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection from the Reorganized Debtors or any action by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

B. DIP Facility Claims.

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed DIP Facility Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed DIP Facility Claim (subject to the last sentence of this Article II.B), each such Allowed DIP Facility Claim shall be paid in full in Cash by the Debtors on the Effective Date equal to the Allowed amount of such Claim and all commitments under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement shall terminate. For the avoidance of doubt, the DIP Facility Claims shall

 

15


be Allowed in an aggregate principal amount with respect to drawn amounts under the DIP Facility (plus any unpaid accrued interest and unpaid fees, expenses and other obligations under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement as of the Effective Date). Upon the indefeasible payment or satisfaction in full in Cash of the DIP Facility Claims (other than any DIP Facility Claims based on the Debtors’ contingent obligations under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement for which no claim has been made) in accordance with the terms of this Plan, on the Effective Date all liens and security interests granted to secure such obligations shall be terminated and of no further force and effect. The Debtors’ contingent or unliquidated obligations under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, to the extent not indefeasibly paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date or otherwise satisfied by the Debtors in a manner acceptable to the DIP Facility Agent, any affected lender under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, or any other holder of a DIP Facility Claim, as applicable, shall survive the Effective Date and shall not be released or discharged pursuant to the Plan or Confirmation Order, notwithstanding any provision hereof or thereof to the contrary.

 

C. Payment of Fees and Expenses Under DIP Orders or RSA

On the later of (1) the Effective Date and (2) the date on which such fees, expenses or disbursements would be required to be paid under the terms of the applicable DIP Facility Order or the RSA, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) shall pay all fees, expenses and disbursements of (a) the Credit Agreement Agent, (b) the DIP Facility Agent, and (c) the Supporting Creditors, in each case, that have accrued and are unpaid as of the Effective Date and are required to be paid under or pursuant to the applicable DIP Facility Order or the RSA (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Diamond McCarthy LLP, FTI Consulting, Inc., Moelis & Company, Borden Ladner Gervais LLP, and Cox Hallett Wilkinson Limited). All payments of fees, expenses, or disbursements pursuant to this Article II.C shall be subject in all respects to the terms of the DIP Facility Order. The Debtors’ obligation to reimburse the Credit Agreement Agent, the Supporting Creditors, the DIP Facility Agent, and the DIP Facility Lenders under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, the DIP Facility Order, and/or the RSA for all fees, expenses, and disbursements (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Diamond McCarthy LLP, FTI Consulting, Inc., Moelis & Company, Borden Ladner Gervais LLP, Cox Hallett Wilkinson Limited, and Egon Zehnder International Inc.), to the extent not indefeasibly paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date or otherwise satisfied by the Debtors in a manner acceptable to the DIP Facility Agent, the Supporting Creditors, the DIP Facility Agent, and the DIP Facility Lenders, as applicable, shall survive the Effective Date and shall not be released or discharged pursuant to the Plan or Confirmation Order, notwithstanding any provision hereof or thereof to the contrary.

 

D. Professional Fee Claims.

 

  1. Final Fee Applications and Payment of Professional Fee Claims.

All requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the Confirmation Date must be Filed no later than 45 days after the Effective Date. The Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amounts of such Professional Fee Claims after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay Professional Fee Claims in Cash in the amount the Bankruptcy Court allows, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, which the Reorganized Debtors will establish in trust for the Professionals and fund with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount on the Effective Date.

 

  2. Professional Fee Escrow Account.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount, which shall be funded by the Reorganized Debtors. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the Professionals. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. The amount of Professional Fee Claims owing to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals by the Reorganized Debtors from the Professional Fee Escrow Account as soon as reasonably practicable after such Professional Fee Claims are Allowed. When all such Allowed amounts owing to Professionals have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall promptly be paid to the Reorganized Debtors without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

16


  3. Professional Fee Amount.

Professionals shall reasonably estimate their unpaid Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services to the Debtors before and as of the Effective Date, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five days before the Effective Date; provided , however , that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of the Professional’s final request for payment of Filed Professional Fee Claims. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional.

 

  4. Post-Confirmation Fees and Expenses.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, from and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash the reasonable and documented legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the Plan and Consummation incurred by the Debtors. Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Code.

In addition, the Reorganized Debtors shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, continue to pay in Cash all post-Effective Date fees, expenses, and disbursements related to implementation, Consummation, and defense of the Plan incurred by (a) the Credit Agreement Agent, (b) the DIP Facility Agent, and (c) the Supporting Creditors (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Diamond McCarthy LLP, FTI Consulting, Inc., Moelis & Company, Borden Ladner Gervais LLP, and Cox Hallett Wilkinson Limited).

 

E. Priority Tax Claims.

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

ARTICLE III.

CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

 

A. Classification of Claims and Interests.

This Plan constitutes a separate Plan proposed by each Debtor. Except for the Claims addressed in Article II of the Plan, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth below in accordance with section 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. A Claim or an Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

 

17


The classification of Claims and Interests against the Debtors pursuant to the Plan is as follows:

 

Class

  

Claims and Interests

  

Status

  

Voting Rights

Class 1    Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired    Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
Class 2    Other Priority Claims    Unimpaired    Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
Class 3    Mineral Contractor Claims    Unimpaired    Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
Class 4    Secured Lender Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
Class 5    Unsecured Convenience Class Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
Class 6    General Unsecured Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
Class 7    Intercompany Claims    Unimpaired/ Impaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Deemed to Accept or Reject)

Class 8    Interests in Debtors other than C&J Energy    Unimpaired/ Impaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Deemed to Accept or Reject)

Class 9    Interests in C&J Energy    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
Class 10    Subordinated Securities Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

 

B. Treatment of Claims and Interests.

 

  1. Class 1 - Other Secured Claims

 

  (a) Classification : Class 1 consists of any Other Secured Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Other Secured Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 1 Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Debtor, with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors:

 

  (i) payment in full in Cash of its Allowed Class 1 Claim;

 

  (ii) the collateral securing its Allowed Class 1 Claim;

 

  (iii) Reinstatement of its Allowed Class 1 Claim; or

 

  (iv) such other treatment rendering its Allowed Class 1 Claim Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  (c) Voting : Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Claims in Class 1 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

18


  2. Class 2 - Other Priority Claims

 

  (a) Classification : Class 2 consists of any Other Priority Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Other Priority Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 2 Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Class 2 Claim on the later of:

 

  (i) the Effective Date; or

 

  (ii) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Class 2 Claim.

 

  (c) Voting : Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Claims in Class 2 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  3. Class 3 - Mineral Contractor Claims

 

  (a) Classification : Class 3 consists of Mineral Contractor Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Mineral Contractor Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Mineral Contractor Claim, to the extent not already satisfied pursuant to a prior order of the Bankruptcy Court, each holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim shall receive, in consultation with the Committee through the Effective Date, and the Unsecured Claims Representative thereafter, Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Class 3 Claim on the later of:

 

  (i) the Effective Date; or

 

  (ii) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Class 3 Claim.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 3 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Claims in Class 3 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

19


  4. Class 4 – Secured Lender Claims

 

  (a) Classification : Class 4 consists of all Secured Lender Claims.

 

  (b) Allowance: The Lender Claims shall be Allowed in an aggregate principal amount of $1,333,800,000 (plus any drawn or outstanding letters of credit, unpaid accrued interest and unpaid fees, expenses and other obligations under the Credit Agreement).

 

  (c) Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Secured Lender Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Secured Lender Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 4 Claim shall receive:

 

  (i) its Pro Rata share of the New Common Equity Pool; and

 

  (ii) its Subscription Rights to purchase its Pro Rata share of the Rights Offerings Shares in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

 

  (d) Voting : Class 4 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 4 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  5. Class 5 - Unsecured Convenience Class  Claims

 

  (a) Classification: Class 5 consists of all Unsecured Convenience Class Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Unsecured Convenience Class Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Unsecured Convenience Class Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 5 Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of the Convenience Class Recovery Pool up to 40% of such Allowed Class 5 Claim. Any funds remaining in the Convenience Class Recovery Pool after payment of all Allowed Class 5 Claims shall revert to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

20


  6. Class 6 - General Unsecured Claims

 

  (a) Classification: Class 6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each General Unsecured Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 6 Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, which distribution shall be made in accordance with Article VI.F of the Plan. In accordance with the Plan Settlement, the holders of Deficiency Lender Claims have agreed to forgo their right to receive their Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool; provided, however , that such holders shall be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan

 

  7. Class 7 - Intercompany Claims

 

  (a) Classification: Class 7 consists of all Intercompany Claims

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, Class 7 Claims shall be, at the option of the Debtor, with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors, either Reinstated or cancelled and released without any distribution.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 6 is Unimpaired if the Class 7 Claims are Reinstated or Impaired if the Class 6 Claims are cancelled. Holders of Class 7 Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) or 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Class 7 Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  8. Class 8 - Interests in Debtors other than C&J Energy

 

  (a) Classification : Class 8 consists of all Interests in Debtors other than C&J Energy.

 

  (b) Treatment : On the Effective Date, Class 8 Interests shall be, at the option of the Debtor, with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors, either Reinstated or cancelled and released without any distribution.

 

  (c) Voting : Class 8 is Unimpaired if the Class 8 Claims are Reinstated or Impaired if the Class 8 Claims are cancelled. Holders of Class 8 Interests are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Class 8 Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  9. Class 9 - Interests in C&J Energy

 

  (a) Classification : Class 9 consists of all Interests in C&J Energy.

 

  (b)

Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of Interests in C&J Energy agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise,

 

21


  settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Interest in C&J Energy, each holder of an Allowed Class 9 Interest shall receive its Pro Rata (calculated based on the aggregate amount of Allowed Class 9 Interests and Allowed Class 10 Claims) share of the Interest Holder New Warrants.

 

  (c) Voting : Class 9 Interests are Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Class 9 Interests are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  10. Class 10 – Subordinated Securities Claims

 

  (a) Classification: Class 10 consists of all Subordinated Securities Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of a Class 10 Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Class 10 Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 10 Claim shall receive its Pro Rata (calculated based on the aggregate amount of Allowed Class 9 Interests and Allowed Class 10 Claims) share of the Interest Holder New Warrants.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 10 Claims are Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Class 10 Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

C. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including, all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims.

 

D. Elimination of Vacant Classes

Any Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

E. Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the holders of such Claims or Interests in such Class shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan.

 

F. Intercompany Interests

To the extent Reinstated under the Plan, distributions on account of Intercompany Interests are not being received by holders of such Intercompany Interests on account of their Intercompany Interests but for the purposes of administrative convenience, for the ultimate benefit of the holders of New Common Stock, and in exchange for the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ agreement under the Plan to make certain distributions to the holders of Allowed Claims. For the avoidance of doubt, any Interest in non-Debtor subsidiaries owned by a Debtor shall continue to be owned by the applicable Reorganized Debtor, unless otherwise assigned at the discretion of the Debtors to one of the Debtors or their Affiliates.

 

22


G. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by Class 4. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests.

 

H. Controversy Concerning Impairment.

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date.

 

I. Subordinated Claims .

The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

ARTICLE IV.

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. General Settlement of Claims and Interests.

As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement and as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, including (1) the Supporting Creditors’ agreement to (A) equitize approximately $1.4 billion of funded debt, (B) pay in full priority Claims and certain unsecured trade Claims, including all Claims that the Debtors were authorized to pay under any prior orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases, (C) fund the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool for the benefit of Allowed General Unsecured Claims, and (D) forgo any claim for the diminution in value of their Prepetition Collateral (as defined in the DIP Facility Order), (2) the holders of Deficiency Lender Claims’ agreement to forgo their Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, (3) the Backstop Parties’ agreement to backstop the Rights Offering to provide the Debtors with a flexible and sustainable capital structure, and (4) the Committee’s agreement to (A) support and take actions necessary to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval of the Plan and Disclosure Statement, (B) not object to the Debtors’ senior executive incentive plan, as modified by the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors and (C) abate all discovery requests and suspend all discovery efforts with respect to the Debtors, the holders of Lender Claims, and their respective representatives. Upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan, including (1) any challenge to the amount, validity, perfection, enforceability, priority or extent of the Secured Lender Claims and (2) any claim to avoid, subordinate, or disallow any Secured Lender Claim or Deficiency Lender Claim, whether under any provision of chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, on any equitable theory (including equitable subordination, equitable disallowance, or unjust enrichment) or otherwise (collectively, the “ Plan Settlemen t”). The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the Plan Settlement pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Plan Settlement under section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court the Plan Settlement is fair, equitable, reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates. Subject to Article VI hereof, all distributions made to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

 

23


B. Restructuring Transactions.

On the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into any transaction and shall take any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect a corporate restructuring of their respective businesses or a corporate restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Debtors on the terms set forth in the Plan, including the Rights Offering, the issuance of all securities, notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents required to be issued pursuant to the Plan, one or more inter-company mergers, consolidations, amalgamations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, conversions, dissolutions, transfers, liquidations, or other corporate transactions (collectively, the “ Restructuring Transactions ”). The actions to implement the Restructuring Transactions may include: (1) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution, sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (3) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or provincial law; and (4) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law in connection with the Plan.

 

C. Reorganized Debtors.

On the Effective Date, the New Board shall be established, and the Reorganized Debtors shall adopt its New Organizational Documents and the Management Incentive Plan. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to adopt any other agreements, documents, and instruments and to take any other actions contemplated under the Plan as necessary to consummate the Plan.

 

D. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.

The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan with: (1) Cash on hand, including Cash from operations; (2) the New Common Stock; (3) the Subscription Rights; (4) the proceeds from the Rights Offering; (5) the New Warrants, as applicable; and (6) the proceeds from the Exit Facility, as applicable.

 

  1. Issuance of New Common Stock .

The issuance of the New Common Stock, including options, or other equity awards, if any, reserved for the Management Incentive Plan, by Reorganized C&J Energy is authorized without the need for any further corporate action or without any further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. Reorganized C&J Energy shall be authorized to issue certain number of shares of New Common Stock pursuant to its New Organizational Documents. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall issue all securities, notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents required to be issued pursuant to the Plan.

All of the shares of New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI hereof shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the New Common Stock to become publicly traded and listed on a national securities exchange on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.

 

24


  2. Rights Offering .

On the Effective Date, Reorganized C&J Energy shall consummate the Rights Offering, through which each participant shall have the opportunity, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and the Rights Offering Procedures, to purchase the Rights Offering Shares. The Backstop Parties will backstop the New Money Investment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Backstop Commitment Agreement. Certain holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims and Reorganized C&J Energy will also enter into the Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

 

  3. Issuance of New Warrants .

On the Effective Date, Reorganized C&J Energy shall issue the Interest Holder New Warrants to the holders of Interests in C&J Energy in Class 9 and holders of Subordinated Securities Claims in Class 10, in accordance with the Warrant Agreement. After the Effective Date, Reorganized C&J Energy shall issue the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants in accordance with the Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Warrant Agreement. All of the New Warrants issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI hereof shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.

 

  4. Exit Facility

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the Exit Facility, the terms of which will be set forth in the Exit Facility Documents, provided that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors agree that such a facility is in the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors.

To the extent applicable, Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed (a) approval of the Exit Facility (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Court previously, and (b) authorization for the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to, without further notice to or order of the Court, (i) execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to obtain the Exit Facility, including the Exit Facility Documents and (ii) act or take action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as (A) the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors or (B) Reorganized Debtors (the foregoing (A) or (B) as applicable), may deem to be necessary to consummate the Exit Facility.

 

E. Corporate Existence.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended under the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state, provincial, or federal law).

 

F. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors and Unsecured Claims Representative.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Exit Facility Documents, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all property in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any

 

25


property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor (or, with respect to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, the Unsecured Claims Representative), free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

 

G. Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements.

On the Effective Date, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Plan, all notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents evidencing Claims or Interests, including credit agreements and indentures, shall be cancelled and the obligations of the Debtors and any non-Debtor affiliate thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be deemed satisfied in full, cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect. Holders of or parties to such cancelled instruments, securities, and other documentation will have no rights arising from or relating to such instruments, securities, and other documentation, or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided for pursuant to this Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, but subject to any applicable provisions of Article VI, the DIP Facility Loan Agreement and the Credit Agreement shall continue in effect solely to the extent necessary to: (1) permit holders of Claims under either the DIP Facility Loan Agreement or the Credit Agreement to receive Plan Distributions; (2) permit the Reorganized Debtors, the DIP Facility Agent, and the Credit Agreement Agent to make Plan Distributions on account of the Allowed Claims under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement and the Credit Agreement, as applicable, and deduct therefrom such reasonable compensation, fees, and expenses (a) due to the DIP Facility Agent or Credit Agreement Agent under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable, or (b) incurred by the DIP Facility Agent or Credit Agreement Agent in making such Plan Distributions; and (3) permit the DIP Facility Agent and the Credit Agreement Agent to seek compensation and/or reimbursement of fees and expenses in accordance with the terms of this Plan. Except as provided in this Plan (including Article VI of this Plan), on the Effective Date, the DIP Facility Agent, the Credit Agreement Agent, and their respective agents, successors and assigns shall be automatically and fully discharged of all of their duties and obligations associated with the DIP Facility Loan Agreement and the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The commitments and obligations (if any) of the Lenders and/or the DIP Facility Lenders to extend any further or future credit or financial accommodations to any of the Debtors, any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective successors or assigns under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable, shall fully terminate and be of no further force or effect on the Effective Date. To the extent that any provision of the DIP Facility Agreement or DIP Facility Order are of a type that survives repayment of the subject indebtedness, such provisions shall remain in effect notwithstanding satisfaction of the DIP Facility Claims.

 

H. Corporate Action.

Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) adoption or assumption, as applicable, of the Employment Obligations; (2) selection of the directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtors; (3) the distribution of the New Common Stock and the Subscription Rights; (4) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions, including the Rights Offering; (5) adoption of the Management Incentive Plan; (6) issuance of the New Warrants, as applicable; (7) entry into the Warrant Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Exit Facility Documents, as applicable; (8) all other actions contemplated under the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date); (9) adoption of the New Organizational Documents; (10) the rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; and (11) all other acts or actions contemplated or reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or (as applicable) prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments

 

26


contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Common Stock, the New Organizational Documents, the New Warrants and the Warrant Agreement (as applicable), the Exit Facility Documents (as applicable), the Registration Rights Agreement, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.H shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

 

I. New Organizational Documents.

On or immediately prior to the Effective Date, the New Organizational Documents shall be amended in a manner acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors, as may be necessary to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Plan. Each of the Reorganized Debtors will file its New Organizational Documents with the applicable Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in its respective state, province, or country of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of the respective state, province, or country of incorporation. The New Organizational Documents will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities, to the extent required under section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the New Organizational Documents shall be consistent with the Restructuring Term Sheet and shall be included as exhibits to the Plan Supplement.

 

J. Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.

As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the board of directors of the Debtors shall expire, and the initial boards of directors, including the New Board, and the officers of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be appointed by the Supporting Creditors in accordance with the respective New Organizational Documents. The New Board shall initially consist of seven members. The members of the New Board will be identified in the Plan Supplement, to the extent known at the time of filing; provided , however , that the Reorganized Debtor’s chief executive officer shall be a member of the New Board. In accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the identities and affiliations of the members of the New Board and any Person proposed to serve as an officer of the Reorganized Debtors shall be disclosed at or before the Confirmation Hearing, in each case to the extent the identity of such proposed director or officer is known at such time. To the extent any such director or officer of the Reorganized Debtors is an Insider, the Debtors also will disclose the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director or officer. Each such director and officer shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtors.

 

K. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and the officers and members of the boards of directors thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.

 

L. Section 1146 Exemption.

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any other Person) of property under the Plan or pursuant to: (1) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; (2) the Restructuring Transactions; (3) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, and/or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (4) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; (5) the grant of collateral as security for any or all of the Exit Facility, as applicable; or (6) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of

 

27


sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

 

M. Director and Officer Liability Insurance.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors shall purchase and maintain directors, officers, managers, and employee liability tail coverage for the six-year period following the Effective Date on terms no less favorable than the Debtors’ existing director, officer, manager, and employee coverage and with an aggregate limit of liability upon the Effective Date of no less than the aggregate limit of liability under the existing director, officer, manager, and employee coverage upon placement. Reasonable directors and officers insurance policies shall remain in place in the ordinary course during the Chapter 11 Cases and from and after the Effective Date.

 

N. Management Incentive Program.

On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the Debtors shall adopt the Management Incentive Plan. The Management Incentive Plan shall provide for ten percent of the New Common Stock contemplated herein, on a fully diluted basis, to be issued to management of the Reorganized Debtors on or after the Effective Date, solely at the discretion of the New Board and on terms to be determined by the New Board (including with respect to allocation, timing, and structure of such issuance and the Management Incentive Plan).

 

O. Employee and Retiree Benefits.

Unless otherwise provided herein or otherwise amended or modified as set forth in the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, all employee wages, compensation, and benefit programs in place as of the Effective Date with the Debtors shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place as of the Effective Date, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans; provided , however , that any employee Claims for which a Proof of Claim was required but not timely filed shall be excluded from this Article IV.O; provided further however , that unless otherwise provided in the Plan, all restricted stock agreements, non-qualified stock option agreements, and prepetition separation and release agreements between the Debtors and their employees are deemed non-executory and therefore shall not require assumption or rejection under the Plan; provided , further , however , that the Debtors reserve all rights thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as such term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.

 

P. Preservation of Causes of Action.

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject to Article VIII hereof, the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtors pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII.

 

28


The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against it. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII of the Plan. Unless any Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Bankruptcy Court order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.

The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain such Causes of Action notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII of the Plan. The applicable Reorganized Debtors, through their authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Avoidance Actions shall be preserved solely for purposes of setoff or recoupment against a Claim that would otherwise be Allowed, and in no event shall Avoidance Actions be pursued for purposes of seeking affirmative recoveries. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for the avoidance of doubt, the Reorganized Debtors shall not pursue any Avoidance Actions other than for purposes of setoff or recoupment against a Claim that would otherwise be Allowed.

ARTICLE V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, not previously assumed or rejected pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court, will be deemed rejected, in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors, other than those Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that: (1) previously were assumed or rejected by the Debtors; (2) are identified on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (3) are the subject of a motion to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Confirmation Date; (4) are subject to a motion to assume an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such assumption is after the Effective Date; or (5) are the subject of Article IV.O of the Plan; or (6) are one of the following type of agreements, all of which shall be deemed assumed even if not identified by clauses (1)-(5) above, unless specifically identified as rejected under the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases: (a) confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, (b) customer agreements, (c) software license agreements and affiliated contracts, (d) intercompany agreements and arrangements, and (e) alternative dispute resolution agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, the Debtors shall seek to assume or reject Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases in consultation with the Supporting Creditors and with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors.    

 

29


Entry of the Confirmation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute a Bankruptcy Order approving the assumptions or rejections of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases set forth in the Plan, the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, or the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to this Article V.A or by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date, shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with its terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases or the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases identified in this Article V and in the Plan Supplement at any time through and including 45 days after the Effective Date.

 

B. Indemnification Obligations.

All indemnification provisions, consistent with applicable law, currently in place (whether in the by-laws, certificates of incorporation or formation, limited liability company agreements, other organizational documents, board resolutions, indemnification agreements, employment contracts, or otherwise) for the current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals of the Debtors, as applicable, shall be reinstated and remain intact, irrevocable, and shall survive the Effective Date on terms no less favorable to such current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals of the Debtors than the indemnification provisions in place prior to the Effective Date.

 

C. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.

Unless otherwise provided by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within 30 days after the later of (1) the date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Confirmation Order) approving such rejection, (2) the effective date of such rejection, or (3) the Effective Date. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their property without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III.B.5 hereof.

 

D. Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed.

Any monetary defaults under each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan shall be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by payment of the default amount in Cash on the Effective Date, subject to the limitation described below, or on such other terms as the parties to such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases may otherwise agree. In the event of a dispute regarding (1) the amount of any payments to cure such a default, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed, or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption, the cure payments required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be made following the entry of a Final Order or orders resolving the dispute and approving the assumption. At least ten days prior to the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors shall provide for notices of proposed assumption and proposed cure amounts to be sent to applicable

 

30


third parties and for procedures for objecting thereto and resolution of disputes by the Bankruptcy Court. Any objection by a counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to a proposed assumption or related cure amount must be Filed, served, and actually received by the Debtors at least three days prior to the Confirmation Hearing. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption or cure amount will be deemed to have assented to such assumption or cure amount.

To the extent that any dispute with respect to the amount of any payments to cure any default with respect to any Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan is resolved or determined, including by entry of an order by the Court, in a manner that is not acceptable to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may reject the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease within 20 days after such resolution or determination by filing and serving upon the counterparty to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease a notice of rejection. Upon service of such notice of rejection, such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed to be rejected without the need for further action or an order from the Court, and such counterparty may thereafter file a proof of claim in the manner set forth in Article V.C of the Plan.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption. Any Proofs of Claim Filed with respect to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

E. Preexisting Obligations to the Debtors under Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

Rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall not constitute a termination of preexisting obligations owed to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, under such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases. In particular, notwithstanding any non-bankruptcy law to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve and do not waive any right to receive, or any continuing obligation of a counterparty to provide, warranties or continued maintenance obligations on goods previously purchased by the Debtors contracting from non-Debtor counterparties to rejected Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.

 

F. Insurance Policies.

Each of the Debtors’ insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, (1) the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments relating to coverage of all insured Claims and (2) such insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors.

 

G. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.

Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.

 

31


H. Reservation of Rights.

Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases or the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any of the Reorganized Debtors has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have 30 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter its treatment of such contract or lease under the Plan.

 

I. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

J. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date.

Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors liable thereunder in the ordinary course of their business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.

ARTICLE VI.

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

 

A. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date (or if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interests (as applicable) shall receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests (as applicable) in the applicable Class. In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date. If and to the extent that there are Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VII hereof. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, holders of Claims or Interests shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date.

 

B. Disbursing Agent.

All distributions under the Plan (other than with respect to any distributions to holders of Allowed Class 5 and Class 6 Claims, which distributions shall be made by the Unsecured Claims Representative) shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on the Effective Date. The Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as the case may be, shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. Additionally, in the event that the Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as the case may be, is so otherwise ordered, all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond or surety shall be borne by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

32


C. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.

 

  1. Powers of the Disbursing Agent .

The Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as the case may be, shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as applicable, by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as the case may be, to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

 

  2. Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date .

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes), and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses), made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

D. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions.

 

  1. Record Date for Distribution .

On the Distribution Record Date, the Claims Register shall be closed and any party responsible for making distributions shall instead be authorized and entitled to recognize only those record holders listed on the Claims Register as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.

 

  2. Delivery of Distributions in General .

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to any distributions to holders of Allowed Class 5 and Class 6 Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative) shall make distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) as of the Distribution Record Date at the address for each such holder as indicated on the Debtors’ records as of the date of any such distribution; provided , however , that the manner of such distributions shall be determined at the discretion of the Reorganized Debtors and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as applicable; provided further , however , that the address for each holder of an Allowed Claim shall be deemed to be the address set forth in any Proof of Claim Filed by that holder.

 

  3. Minimum Distributions .

No fractional shares of New Common Stock or New Warrants (as applicable) shall be distributed and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest (as applicable) would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of shares of New Common Stock or New Warrants (as applicable) that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares of New Common Stock or New Warrants (as applicable) shall be rounded as follows: (a) fractions of one-half (  1 2 ) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions of less than one-half (  1 2 ) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefore. The total number of authorized shares of New Common Stock or New Warrants (as applicable) to be distributed to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding. Further, no Cash payment of less than $50.00 shall be made to a holder of an Allowed Claim on account of such Allowed Claim.

 

33


  4. Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property .

In the event that any distribution to any holder of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests (as applicable) is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such holder shall be made unless and until the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to holders of Allowed Class 5 and Class 6 Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative) has determined the then-current address of such holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such holder without interest; provided , however , that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one year from the Effective Date. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors (or, as relates to any unclaimed property or interests in property for Class 5 and Class 6, the Unsecured Claims Representative) automatically and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any holder of Claims and Interests to such property or Interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.

 

E. Manner of Payment.

1. All distributions of the New Common Stock to the holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors.

2. All distributions of the New Warrants, as applicable, to the holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors.

3. All distributions of Cash to the holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to Classes 5 and 6, the Unsecured Claims Representative) on behalf of the applicable Debtor.

4. At the option of the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to Classes 5 and 6, the Unsecured Claims Representative), any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements.

 

F. Distributions to Holders of Class 6 General Unsecured Claims.

 

  1. Unsecured Claims Representative.

On the Effective Date, (a) the Debtors and the Committee shall enter into the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and (b) the Committee shall appoint the Unsecured Claims Representative consistent with the terms and conditions of the Unsecured Creditor Agreement and the Plan.

As set forth in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, after the Effective Date, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall have the following rights and obligations with respect to the reconciliation, objection, settlement, and distribution decisions related to General Unsecured Claims: (a) consultation rights over all Claims reconciliation, objection, settlement, and distribution decisions related to General Unsecured Claims; (b) standing and the right to object to all General Unsecured Claims that exceed the Debtors’ books and records amount by the greater of 10% or $20,000; provided , however , that if the difference between the amount of holders’ asserted General Unsecured Claims and the Debtors’ books and records amount for General Unsecured Claims exceeds $250,000 in the aggregate, then the Unsecured Claims Representative may object to any General Unsecured Claims that have not otherwise been resolved; (c) standing and the right to litigate any Claim objections filed by the Committee (with the consent of the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)) prior to the Effective Date that remain pending as of the Effective Date; and (d) settlement of any General Unsecured Claim that results in the allowance of a General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000 shall be subject to the consent of the Unsecured Claims Representative. The Reorganized Debtors shall have a duty of good faith and reasonable cooperation regarding the reconciliation, objection, and settlement decisions related to General Unsecured Claims.

 

34


The Reorganized Debtors shall not be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the Unsecured Claims Representative. Expenses incurred by the Unsecured Claims Representative, including the reasonable, documented fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Unsecured Claims Representative, shall be paid in Cash on a first priority basis from the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool (with no other recourse to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any property transferred pursuant to the Plan). The Unsecured Claims Representative shall automatically terminate and cease to exist upon payment in full of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims (after reconciliation of all Disputed General Unsecured Claims). Upon termination of the Unsecured Claims Representative, such representative and its counsel, advisors, and agents shall be released and discharged from all of its postpetition rights and duties related to the Chapter 11 Cases, as set forth in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

 

  2. Distributions to Holders of Class  6 General Unsecured Claims.

(a) On or before the date that is 180 days after the Effective Date, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall distribute to each holder of an Allowed Class 6 General Unsecured Claim its Pro Rata share of (i) the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, less (ii) the Class 6 Disputed Claims Reserve, less (iii) the Unsecured Claim Representative Fee Amount, and less (iv) any other reserves provided for in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

(b) Upon the completion of the Claims reconciliation process in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article VI.F.1 and Article VII of the Plan, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall distribute the Class 6 Disputed Claims Reserve to the holders of Allowed Class 6 General Unsecured Claims such that, after giving effect to such distribution, but subject to Article VI.F.2(c) below, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall have received its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool as provided for in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement. When all Allowed General Unsecured Claims are paid in full, any amounts remaining in the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors.

(c) Any holder of a Disputed Claim in Class 6 that ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim shall (i) receive no more from the Class 6 Disputed Claims Reserve than the amount reserved with respect to such Claim under Article VI.F.2(a) above; and (ii) not have recourse to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any property transferred pursuant to the Plan (other than the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool and the Class 6 Disputed Claims Reserve).

 

  3. Monetization of Unsecured Creditor New Warrants.

The Reorganized Debtors shall hold the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants that are treated as part of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool until such time as they are issued in accordance with this Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Warrant Agreement. The Reorganized Debtors shall hold the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants solely for the benefit of the entity (i.e., the liquidating trust) created under the Unsecured Creditor Agreement (and the beneficiaries thereof), and the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants shall not be transferred (other than as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion), pledged to, or otherwise encumbered by any third parties. The Reorganized Debtors shall take all actions necessary to ensure that the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants remain unpledged, unencumbered and available at all times for issuance as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion, pursuant to this Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Warrant Agreement.

The Unsecured Claims Representative shall provide written notice to the Reorganized Debtors of his, her, or its intent to seek issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants as far in advance of the date of issuance as reasonably practicable, but in no event, later than three (3) business days prior to the date of issuance requested in the written notice. Upon receipt of written notice by the Unsecured Claims Representative of his, her, or its intent to seek issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants on the date specified in such written notice, the Reorganized Debtors shall immediately begin taking all actions necessary to be in a position to issue the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants on the requested date. The Reorganized Debtors shall issue the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion on the requested issuance date or

 

35


such other time as may be agreed by the Unsecured Claims Representative. The Unsecured Claims Representative may, but is not required to, seek issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool and/or directly to any third party purchasers (not to exceed 10 parties in the event that the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants are to be issued by the Reorganized Debtors directly to third parties) transacting with the Unsecured Claims Representative to acquire all or a portion of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants. Any direct issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to any third party purchaser, as described above, shall be treated as if the Reorganized Debtors issued the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to the liquidating trust created under the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and then as if the liquidating trust assigned the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to such third party. Except as provided for in the Plan and the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, the Reorganized Debtors shall not have any right to or interest in any consideration, including without limitation, cash proceeds, received by the Unsecured Claims Representative in exchange for issuance and monetization of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to any third parties, as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion.

To the extent the Reorganized Debtors or the Unsecured Claims Representative fails to abide by the terms of this Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, or the Warrant Agreement, as concerns the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants, the Reorganized Debtors or the Unsecured Claims Representative, as applicable, are hereby authorized to immediately exercise all of their, his, her, or its legal rights, including without limitation, filing suit against the Reorganized Debtors or Unsecured Claims Representative or other parties in the Bankruptcy Court, which shall retain exclusive jurisdiction, or take such other actions that the Unsecured Claims Representative or the Reorganized Debtors believe necessary in their, his, her, or its sole discretion.

 

  4. Treatment of Liquidating Trust.

On the Effective Date (or, with respect to the Unsecured Creditor Warrants, following the Effective Date in accordance with the terms of the Confirmation Order), the Liquidating Trust shall be funded with the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

It is intended that the Liquidating Trust be classified for federal income tax purposes as a “liquidating trust” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-4(d) and as a “grantor trust” within the meaning of Sections 671 through 677 of the Internal Revenue Code. In furtherance of this objective, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall, in its business judgment, make continuing best efforts not to unduly prolong the duration of the Liquidating Trust. All assets, as described in Section 2.3 of the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, held by the Liquidating Trust shall be deemed for federal income tax purposes to have been distributed by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors on a Pro Rata share basis to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in Class 6 of the Plan and then contributed by such holders to the Liquidating Trust in exchange for their interest in the Liquidating Trust. The deemed distribution and contribution of the assets shall take place in a manner as set forth in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement. All holders shall use the valuation of the assets transferred to the Liquidating Trust as established by the Unsecured Claims Representative for all federal income tax purposes. The Beneficiaries will be treated as the grantor of the Liquidating Trust. The Liquidating Trust will be responsible for filing information on behalf of the Liquidating Trust as grantor trust pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.671-4(a). The foregoing treatment shall also apply, to the extent permitted by applicable law, for all state, provincial, territorial, non-U.S., and local income tax purposes. Further, the Liquidating Trust is intended to comply with the conditions and the requirements set forth in Rev. Proc. 94-45, 1994-2 CB 684.

As soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date, (a) the Unsecured Claims Representative will determine the fair market value of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool (other than Cash) as of the Effective Date, based on a good faith determination and the advice of any professionals retained by the Unsecured Claims Representative for such purpose, and (b) the Unsecured Claims Representative shall notify the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Beneficiaries of such valuation. Such valuation must be utilized by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Unsecured Claims Representative, and the Beneficiaries for all U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

36


Other than with respect to the Disputed Claims Reserve, allocations of taxable income with respect to the Liquidating Trust shall be determined by reference to the manner in which an amount of cash equal to such taxable income would be distributed (without regard to any restriction on distributions described herein) if, immediately prior to such deemed distribution, the Liquidating Trust had distributed all of its other assets (valued for this purpose at their tax book value) to the Beneficiaries, taking into account all prior and concurrent distributions from the Liquidating Trust. Similarly, taxable losses of the Liquidating Trust will be allocated by reference to the manner in which an economic loss would be borne immediately after a liquidating distribution of the remaining assets. The tax book value of the assets for this purpose shall equal their fair market value on the Effective Date or, if later, the date such assets were acquired by the assets, adjusted in either case in accordance with tax accounting principles prescribed by the applicable Internal Revenue Code provisions, the Treasury Regulations and other applicable administrative and judicial authorities and pronouncements.

To the extent any remaining proceeds (after full satisfaction of the Beneficiaries’ Allowed Class 6 General Unsecured Claims and resolution of all Disputed General Unsecured Claims and payment of all other amounts that may reasonably be required to satisfy unpaid costs or expenses of the Unsecured Claims Representative entitled to be paid pursuant to the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, including any and all taxes and professionals’ fees and costs) are distributed to the Reorganized Debtors, the Liquidating Trust, the Unsecured Claims Representative and/or Beneficiaries shall not be responsible for paying any taxes on or associated with such remaining proceeds distributed to the Reorganized Debtors, and the Reorganized Debtors shall not look to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, the Liquidating Trust, the Unsecured Claims Representative or the Beneficiaries for payment or reimbursement of any such taxes. Any monetization of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants shall be effective only after such warrants have been issued, and only to the extent the monetization is for the benefit of the Beneficiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the monetization of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants, the Beneficiaries shall only be liable for taxes to the extent that they receive any distributions and not with respect to any remaining funds distributed to the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

Subject to definitive guidance from the IRS or a court of competent jurisdiction to the contrary (including the receipt by the Unsecured Claims Representative of a private letter ruling if the Unsecured Claims Representative so requests one, or the receipt of an adverse determination by the IRS upon audit if not contested), the Unsecured Claims Representative shall (a) timely elect to treat the Disputed Claims Reserve as a “disputed ownership fund” governed by Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-9, and (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, report consistently with the foregoing for applicable state, provincial, territorial, non-U.S., and local income tax purposes.

In accordance with the Plan, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall cause the filing of tax returns for the Liquidating Trust, as a grantor trust pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.671-4(a); provided , however , that the Unsecured Claims Representative shall take all appropriate steps to file separate returns required with respect to the Disputed Claims Reserve.

 

G. Section 1145 Exemption.

Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the offering, issuance, and distribution of the New Common Stock issued to holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims, the Rights Offering Shares, the shares of New Common Stock issued to the Backstop Parties as the Backstop Fee, the New Warrants and the shares of New Common Stock underlying the New Warrants (as applicable) (collectively, the “ 1145 Securities ”), as contemplated by Article III.B of the Plan and Article XII.A of the Disclosure Statement, shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable state or federal law requiring registration and/or prospectus delivery or qualification prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of Securities. In addition, under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, such 1145 Securities will be freely tradable in the U.S. by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments and subject to any restrictions in the Reorganized Debtors’ New Organizational Documents.

 

37


The Debtors submit that the issuance of all unsubscribed shares under the Rights Offering would not be exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and are instead issuable upon the exemption from registration provided under section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

H. Compliance with Tax Requirements.

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.

 

I. Allocations.

Distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to any portion of such Claims for accrued but unpaid interest.

 

J. No Postpetition Interest on Claims.

Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy law, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any prepetition Claims against the Debtors, and no holder of a prepetition Claim against the Debtors shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any such prepetition Claim.

 

K. Foreign Currency Exchange Rate.

Except as otherwise provided in a Bankruptcy Court order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars shall be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, on the Effective Date.

 

L. Setoffs and Recoupment.

Except as expressly provided in this Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, set off and/or recoup against any Plan Distributions to be made on account of any Allowed Claim, any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor may hold against the holder of such Allowed Claim to the extent such setoff or recoupment is either (1) agreed in amount among the relevant Reorganized Debtor(s) and holder of Allowed Claim or (2) otherwise adjudicated by the Bankruptcy Court or another court of competent jurisdiction; provided , however , that neither the failure to effectuate a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by a Reorganized Debtor or its successor of any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor or its successor may possess against the applicable holder. In no event shall any holder of Claims against, or Interests in, the Debtors be entitled to recoup any such Claim or Interest against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, unless such holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtors in accordance with Article XII.G of the Plan on or before the Effective Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment.

 

38


M. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.

 

  1. Claims Paid by Third Parties .

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce in full a Claim, and such Claim shall be disallowed without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such holder shall, within 14 days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, to the extent the holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The failure of such holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the 14-day grace period specified above until the amount is repaid.

 

  2. Claims Payable by Third Parties .

No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

  3. Applicability of Insurance Policies .

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.

ARTICLE VII.

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,

UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

A. Allowance of Claims.

After the Effective Date, each of the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with respect to any Claim or Interest immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

B. Claims Administration Responsibilities.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the sole authority to: (1) File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment, objections to Claims or Interests; (2) settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (3) administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

39


C. Estimation of Claims and Interests .

Before or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may (but are not required to) at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest that is contingent or unliquidated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code for any reason, regardless of whether any party previously has objected to such Claim or Interest or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any such Claim or Interest, including during the litigation of any objection to any Claim or Interest or during the appeal relating to such objection. Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan, a Claim or Interest that has been expunged from the Claims Register, but that either is subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order, shall be deemed to be estimated at zero dollars unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent or unliquidated Claim or Interest, that estimated amount shall constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim or Interest for all purposes under the Plan (including for purposes of distributions), and the relevant Reorganized Debtor may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim or Interest.

 

D. Adjustment to Claims or Interests without Objection.

Any Claim or Interest that has been paid or satisfied, or any Claim or Interest that has been amended or superseded, may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims Register by the Reorganized Debtors and, with respect to Class 5 and 6 Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative, without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

E. Time to File Objections to Claims.

Any objections to Claims shall be Filed on or before the later of (1) 180 days after the Effective Date and (2) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court for objecting to such claims.

 

F. Disallowance of Claims or Interests.

Any Claims or Interests held by Entities from which property is recoverable under section 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and holders of such Claims or Interests may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as any objection to those Claims or Interests have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered.

All Claims Filed on account of an indemnification obligation to a director, officer, or employee shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims Register as of the Effective Date to the extent such indemnification obligation is assumed (or honored or reaffirmed, as the case may be) pursuant to the Plan, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except as provided herein or otherwise agreed, any and all Proofs of Claim Filed after the Bar Date shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims, unless on or before the Confirmation Hearing such late Claim has been deemed timely Filed by a Final Order.

 

G. Amendments to Claims or Interests.

On or after the Effective Date, a Claim or Interest may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the Reorganized Debtors (or, with respect to any Class 5 and 6 Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative) and any such new or amended Claim or Interest Filed shall be deemed disallowed in full and expunged without any further action.

 

40


H. No Distributions Pending Allowance.

If an objection to a Claim or Interest or portion thereof is Filed as set forth in Article VII.B hereof, no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim or Interest or portion thereof unless and until such Disputed Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest.

 

I. Distributions After Allowance.

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, distributions (if any) shall be made to the holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest (as applicable) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. As soon as practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court allowing any Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest becomes a Final Order, the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to any Class 5 or 6 Disputed Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative) shall provide to the holder of such Claim or Interest the distribution (if any) to which such holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date, without any interest, dividends, or accruals to be paid on account of such Claim or Interest unless required under applicable bankruptcy law.

ARTICLE VIII.

SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

 

A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (1) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (2) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) the holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

B. Release of Liens.

Except as otherwise provided in the Exit Facility Documents, the Plan, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Other Secured Claims that the Debtors elect to reinstate in accordance with Article III.B.1 hereof, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens,

 

41


pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns. Any holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such holder) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, to release any collateral or other property of any Debtor (including any cash collateral and possessory collateral) held by such holder (and the applicable agents for such holder), and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtors to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation or filing of the Confirmation Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens.

 

C. Releases by the Debtors.

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates, in each case on behalf of themselves and their respective successors, assigns, and representatives, and any and all other entities who may purport to assert any Cause of Action, directly or derivatively, by, through, for, or because of the foregoing entities, from any and all Causes of Action, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, a Debtor or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions, the Merger, the Rights Offering, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Rights Offering, the Exit Facility, the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement), or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Plan, or the Plan Settlement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the foregoing release does not release any obligations of any party under the Plan or any document, instrument, or agreement executed to implement the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases described in this Article VIII.C by the Debtors, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in this Plan, and further, shall constitute its finding that each release described in this Article VIII.C is: (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties, a good faith settlement and compromise of such Claims; (2) in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Interests and Claims; (3) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (4) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (5) a bar to any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors asserting any claim, Cause of Action, or liability related thereto, of any kind whatsoever, against any of the Released Parties or their property.

 

D. Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests.

As of the Effective Date, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions, the Merger, the Rights Offering, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Rights Offering, the Exit Facility, the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement and

 

42


the Plan Settlement), or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Plan, or the Plan Settlement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other related act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the foregoing release does not release any obligations of any party under the Plan or any document, instrument, or agreement executed to implement the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases described in this Article VIII.D, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in this Plan, and further, shall constitute its finding that each release described in this Article VIII.D is: (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties, a good faith settlement and compromise of such Claims; (2) in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Interests and Claims; (3) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (4) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (5) a bar to any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors asserting any claim, Cause of Action, or liability related thereto, of any kind whatsoever, against any of the Released Parties or their property.

 

E. Exculpation.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the RSA and related prepetition transactions, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Settlement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

 

F. Injunction.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties: (1) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (2) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (3) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (4) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection

 

43


with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests unless such holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a Claim or Interest or otherwise that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (5) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, all holders of Claims and Interests and their respective current and former employees, agents, officers, directors, principals, and direct and indirect affiliates shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or Consummation of the Plan; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not enjoin any Supporting Creditor from exercising any of its rights or remedies under the RSA in accordance with the terms thereof. Each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, by accepting, or being eligible to accept, distributions under or Reinstatement of such Claim or Interest, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed to have consented to the injunction provisions set forth in this Article VIII.F of the Plan.

 

G. SEC Rights Reserved.

Nothing in the Plan or the Confirmation Order (i) releases any entity other than a Debtor from any claim or Cause of Action of the SEC; (ii) enjoins, limits, impairs or delays the SEC from commencing or continuing any claims, Causes of Action, proceedings or investigations against any Entity other than a Debtor in any forum; or, (iii) precludes the SEC from pursuing injunctive or other non-monetary relief against the Reorganized Debtors with respect to acts taking place before or after the Effective Date.

 

H. Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment.

Consistent with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Supremacy Clause of the U.S. Constitution, all Entities, including Governmental Units, shall not discriminate against the Reorganized Debtors or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit, charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the Reorganized Debtors, or another Entity with whom the Reorganized Debtors have been associated, solely because each Debtor has been a debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or during the Chapter 11 Cases but before the Debtors are granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

I. Document Retention.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may maintain documents in accordance with their standard document retention policy, as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

J. Reimbursement or Contribution.

If the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of allowance or disallowance, such Claim shall be forever disallowed and expunged notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Confirmation Date: (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non-contingent or (2) the relevant holder of a Claim has Filed a non-contingent Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered prior to the Confirmation Date determining such Claim as no longer contingent.

 

44


ARTICLE IX.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION

AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.

It shall be a condition to Confirmation of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.B hereof:

1. the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and substance acceptable to the Required Supporting Creditors and the Committee, and shall;

 

  (a) authorize the Debtors to take all actions necessary to enter into, implement, and consummate the contracts, instruments, releases, leases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan;

 

  (b) decree that the provisions of the Confirmation Order and the Plan are nonseverable and mutually dependent;

 

  (c) authorize the Debtors, as applicable or necessary, to: (i) implement the Restructuring Transactions, including the Rights Offering; (ii) distribute the New Warrants, and the New Common Stock pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or other exemption from such registration or pursuant to one or more registration statements; (iii) make all distributions and issuances as required under the Plan, including Cash, the New Warrants, the Subscription Rights, and the New Common Stock; and (iv) enter into any agreements, transactions, and sales of property as set forth in the Plan Supplement, including the Exit Facility and the Management Incentive Plan;

 

  (d) authorize the implementation of the Plan in accordance with its terms; and

 

  (e) provide that, pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, the assignment or surrender of any lease or sublease, and the delivery of any deed or other instrument or transfer order, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, or assignments executed in connection with any disposition or transfer of assets contemplated under the Plan, shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage recording, or other similar tax; and

2. the Canadian Court shall have entered an order recognizing the Confirmation Order in form and substance acceptable to the Required Supporting Creditors, and such order shall have become a Final Order;

3. the Debtors shall have obtained all authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals, rulings, or documents that are necessary to implement and effectuate the Plan;

4. the final version of the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall have been Filed in a manner consistent in all material respects with the RSA, the Restructuring Term Sheet, and the Plan and shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Creditors, and the Committee to the extent required under the Plan;

5. the RSA shall remain in full force and effect;

6. all professional fees and expenses of retained professionals required to be approved by the Bankruptcy Court shall have been paid in full or amounts sufficient to pay such fees and expenses after the Effective Date have been placed in the Professional Fee Escrow Account pending approval by the Bankruptcy Court;

 

45


7. all professional fees and expenses of the advisors to the Required Supporting Creditors (including Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Moelis & Company LLC, FTI Consulting, Inc., Diamond McCarthy LLP, Borden Ladner Gervais LLP, Cox Hallett Wilkinson Limited, and one executive search firm retained by the Required Supporting Creditors in connection with the appointment of the New Board), the Credit Agreement Agent, the DIP Facility Lenders, the DIP Facility Agent, and any and all other advisors entitled to payment pursuant to the terms and conditions of the RSA shall have been paid in full;

8. each Non-Debtor Loan Party shall have been released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents pursuant to the terms thereof; and

9. the Debtors shall have implemented the Restructuring Transactions, including the Rights Offering, and all transactions contemplated herein, in a manner consistent in all respects with the RSA, the Restructuring Term Sheet, and the Plan, pursuant to documentation acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors.

 

B. Waiver of Conditions.

The conditions to Confirmation and Consummation set forth in this Article IX may be waived only with the prior written consent of the Required Supporting Creditors, without notice, leave, or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the Plan; provided , however , that the conditions precedent to the Effective Date set forth in Articles IX.A.1 and IX.A.4 may not be waived without the consent of the Committee.

 

C. Effect of Failure of Conditions.

If Consummation does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by the Debtors, Claims, or Interests; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity; or (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity.

ARTICLE X.

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

 

A. Modification and Amendments.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors and the Committee, reserve the right to modify the Plan, whether such modification is material or immaterial, and seek Confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and, as appropriate, not resolicit votes on such modified Plan. Subject to those restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan and the requirements of section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, Rule 3019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, and, to the extent applicable, sections 1122, 1123, and 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, each of the Debtors expressly reserves its respective rights to revoke or withdraw, or, with the consent of the Committee and the Required Supporting Creditors, to alter, amend, or modify the Plan with respect to such Debtor, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the extent necessary may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to so alter, amend, or modify the Plan, or remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan.

 

46


B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.

Entry of a Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

 

C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent plans of reorganization. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or Consummation does not occur, then: (1) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected under the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall: (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity; or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor or any other Entity.

ARTICLE XI.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or relating to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:

1. allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;

2. decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

3. resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims arising therefrom, including Cure Claims pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; (c) the Reorganized Debtors amending, modifying, or supplementing, after the Effective Date, pursuant to Article V hereof, any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to the list of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed or rejected or otherwise; and (d) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;

4. ensure that distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;

5. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;

6. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

47


7. enter and implement such orders as may be necessary to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;

8. enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

9. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;

10. issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

11. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII hereof and enter such orders as may be necessary to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;

12. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.M hereof;

13. enter and implement such orders as are necessary if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

14. determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;

15. enter an order concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;

16. adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;

17. consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;

18. determine requests for the payment of Claims and Interests entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;

19. hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order, including disputes arising under agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection with the Plan;

20. hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

21. hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, scope, or enforcement of any exculpations, discharges, injunctions and released granted in the Plan, including under Article VIII hereof, regardless of whether such termination occurred prior to or after the Effective Date;

22. enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and

23. hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.

 

48


ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

A. Immediate Binding Effect.

Subject to Article IX.A hereof and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement) shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors.

 

B. Additional Documents.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may file with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all holders of Claims or Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.

 

C. Payment of Statutory Fees.

All fees payable pursuant to section 1930(a) of the Judicial Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at a hearing pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be paid by each of the Reorganized Debtors (or the Disbursing Agent on behalf of each of the Reorganized Debtors) for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed, or closed, whichever occurs first.

 

D. Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment.

On the Effective Date and upon the appointment of the Unsecured Claims Representative, any statutory committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including the Committee, shall (other than for purposes of filing final fee applications and obtaining Bankruptcy Court approval of same) dissolve and members thereof shall be released, exculpated and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases. The Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the members of or advisors to any statutory committees after the Effective Date.

 

E. Reservation of Rights.

Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur. None of the Filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the holders of Claims or Interests prior to the Effective Date.

 

F. Successors and Assigns.

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity.

 

49


G. Notices.

All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

 

  1. if to the Debtors, to:

CJ Holding Co.

3990 Rogerdale,

Houston, Texas 77042

Attention: Danielle Hunter, General Counsel

Email address: Danielle.Hunter@cjes.com

with copies to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

Attention: Marc Kieselstein, P.C., Chad J. Husnick, and Emily E. Geier

E-mail addresses: marc.kieselstein@kirkland.com, chad.husnick@kirkland.com, and

emily.geier@kirkland.com

and

Loeb & Loeb LLP

10100 Santa Monica Boulevard

Suite 2200

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Bernard R. Given and Lance Jurich

E-mail addresses: bgiven@loeb.com and ljurich@loeb.com

 

  2. if to a Supporting Creditor:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Timothy Graulich, Damian Schaible, Steven Szanzer, and David Schiff

E-mail addresses: timothy.graulich@davispolk.com, damian.schaible@davispolk.com, steven.szanzer@davispolk.com, and david.schiff@davispolk.com

After the Effective Date, the Debtors have authority to send a notice to Entities that to continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, such Entity must file a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Debtors are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests.

 

H. Term of Injunctions or Stays.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

50


I. Entire Agreement.

Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement) supersedes all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.

 

J. Exhibits.

All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the Debtors’ restructuring website at www.donlinrecano.com/cjenergy or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at www.txs.uscourts.gov/bankruptcy. To the extent any exhibit or document is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the non-exhibit or non-document portion of the Plan shall control.

 

K. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions.

If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtors’ and Required Supporting Creditors’ consent; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.

 

L. Votes Solicited in Good Faith.

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan, and, therefore, neither any of such parties or individuals or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan.

 

M. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.

The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File with the Bankruptcy Court all documents required by Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court to close the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

51


N. Waiver or Estoppel.

Each holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, secured or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or papers Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Confirmation Date.

 

O. Conflicts.

Except as set forth in the Plan, to the extent that any provision of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or any other order (other than the Confirmation Order) referenced in the Plan (or any exhibits, schedules, appendices, supplements, or amendments to any of the foregoing), conflict with or are in any way inconsistent with any provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern and control.

 

52


Dated: December 15, 2016       C&J E NERGY S ERVICES , L TD .
      on behalf of itself and all other Debtors
     

/s/ Mark Cashiola

      Mark Cashiola
      Chief Financial Officer

 

53

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of December 16, 2016, to the Tax Matters Agreement (the “ TMA ”), dated as of March 24, 2015, is between Nabors Industries Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (“ Nabors ”) and C&J Energy Services Ltd. (f/k/a Nabors Red Lion Limited), a Bermuda exempted company (“ C&J ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Mediated Settlement Agreement (the “ Settlement Agreement ”), dated December 12, 2016, by and among the Bankruptcy Estate of CJ Holding Co., et al. (the “ Debtors ”), the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of CJ Holding Co., the Steering Committee of Lenders under the Prepetition Secured Debt Facility and the DIP Facility, and Nabors Corporate Services, Inc. (acting on behalf of itself and as agent for Nabors and its subsidiaries and affiliates, other than the Debtors), the parties have agreed to amend certain terms of the TMA, pursuant to Section 8.10 of the TMA.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth in the Settlement Agreement and this Amendment, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

The following Definitions are hereby added to Section 1.01 of the TMA:

Accrued Refunds ” means the Refunds set forth on Schedule 4.01(a)(i), which were accrued on the books and records of Red Lion or any of its Subsidiaries as of December 12, 2016.

Bankruptcy Plan ” means the Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Co., et al. , pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, as amended from time to time, including all supplements, exhibits and other attachments thereto.

Covered Navy Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of this Agreement.

Pre-Settlement Refunds ” means the Refunds set forth on Schedule 4.01(a)(ii), which were received by Red Lion or any of its Subsidiaries prior to December 13, 2016.

Red Lion Tax Cap ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of this Agreement.

Reorganized C&J Energy ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Bankruptcy Plan.


The definition of “Red Lion” in Section 1.01 of the TMA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Red Lion ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall also include Reorganized C&J Energy as successor to Red Lion.

The definition of “Refund” in Section 1.01 of the TMA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Refund ” means any refund (or credit in lieu thereof) of Taxes (including any overpayment of Taxes that can be refunded or, alternatively, applied to other Taxes payable), including any interest paid on or with respect to such refund of Taxes; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of any Refund required to be paid to another Party shall be reduced by (i) the net amount of any Income Taxes imposed on, related to, or attributable to, the receipt or accrual of such Refund and (ii) any reasonable third-party out-of-pocket expenses incurred to obtain such Refund; provided, that any contingency fees shall be calculated solely on the amount of the Refund.

2. Indemnification by Nabors . Section 3.01 of the TMA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Indemnification by Navy . Navy shall pay, and shall indemnify and hold Red Lion and each Red Lion Entity harmless from and against, without duplication, (a) all Navy Taxes, (b) all Taxes incurred by Red Lion or any Red Lion Entity by reason of the breach by Navy of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, and (c) any costs and expenses related to the foregoing (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Navy shall pay 25 percent, and Red Lion shall pay 75 percent, of all Taxes described in clause (a) of the definition of “Navy Taxes” (such Taxes “ Covered Navy Taxes ”) payable on or after December 12, 2016, until the amount of (i) such Covered Navy Taxes paid by Red Lion, less (ii) Red Lion’s allocable portion of Refunds of Covered Navy Taxes paid by Red Lion pursuant to this Section 3.01, equals $11,500,000 (the “ Red Lion Tax Cap ”). Navy shall pay 100% of any Navy Taxes not required to be paid by Red Lion pursuant to the previous sentence. All payments required to be paid pursuant to this Section 3.01 shall be paid directly to the relevant Taxing Authority unless previously paid by the other party in which case the party otherwise required to make the payment pursuant to this Section 3.01 shall pay the party that previously paid the Taxing Authority.

3. Indemnification by C&J . Section 3.02 of the TMA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Indemnification by Red Lion . Red Lion shall pay, and shall indemnify and hold Navy and each Navy Entity harmless from and against, without duplication, (a) all Red Lion Taxes, (b) all Taxes incurred by Navy or any Navy Entity by reason of the breach by Red Lion of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, (c) any costs and expenses related to the foregoing (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and

 

2


expenses), and (d) the portion of Covered Navy Taxes, not to exceed the Red Lion Tax Cap, payable by Red Lion under Section 3.01. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Red Lion be required to indemnify Navy or any Navy Entity for Taxes imposed as a result of the application of Section 355(d) of the Code to the NIFI Distribution.

4. Refunds . Section 4.01(a) of the TMA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(i) Except as provided in this Section 4.01 or Section 4.02, Navy shall be entitled to all Refunds of Taxes for which Navy is responsible pursuant to Article III, and Red Lion shall be entitled to all Refunds of Taxes for which Red Lion is responsible pursuant to Article III and Refunds that are accrued and reflected in the Working Capital adjustment pursuant to section 2.7 of the Separation Agreement. A Party receiving a Refund to which the other Party is entitled pursuant to this Agreement shall pay the amount to which such other Party is entitled within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Refund. Notwithstanding the foregoing and except as provided in Section 4.02, with respect to any Refund of Covered Navy Taxes that were paid prior to December 12, 2016, Red Lion and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to 75 percent of such Refund and Navy shall be entitled to 25 percent of such Refund; provided , however , that, except as provided in clause (ii) below, Red Lion and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to retain 100% of any Pre-Settlement Refunds; and provided , further , that, except for Accrued Refunds (to which, for the avoidance of doubt, Red Lion shall be entitled to 75 percent and Navy shall be entitled to 25 percent), Navy shall be entitled to 100 percent of any Refunds received after Red Lion has paid Covered Navy Taxes equal to the Red Lion Tax Cap, as adjusted by Refunds, other than any Refund of Covered Navy Taxes that were paid on or after December 12, 2016, by both Navy and Red Lion and its Subsidiaries, with any such Refund shared by the parties based on the amount of such Taxes that was paid by each of them.

(ii) On the 14 th day following the effective date of the Bankruptcy Plan, Red Lion shall pay or cause to be paid to Navy $300,000 by bank check or wire transfer, which amount shall be treated as on account of Pre-Settlement Refunds.

5. Tax Proceedings .

Section 5.01 of the TMA is hereby re-lettered as Section 5.01(a), and a new Section 5.01(b) is hereby inserted immediately after Section 5.01(a), as follows:

Within ten (10) days after the effective date of the Bankruptcy Plan, Navy shall notify Red Lion of any Tax Proceeding that has commenced that may give rise to Taxes for which Red Lion may be responsible pursuant Section 3.02(d). Thereafter, Navy shall promptly forward or make available to Red Lion copies of notices and communications relating to any such Tax Proceeding. The failure of Navy to notify Red Lion of the commencement of any such Tax Proceeding within such ten (10) day period or promptly forward any further notices or communications shall not relieve Red Lion of any obligation which it may have to Navy under this Agreement except to the extent Red Lion is actually prejudiced by such failure.

 

3


Section 5.02(c) of the TMA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Tax Proceedings relating to Single Business Returns . Except as provided in Sections 5.02(a) and 5.03, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to contest, compromise and settle any Adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed pursuant to any Tax Proceeding with respect to any Single Business Return for which the Indemnifying Party is responsible pursuant to Article III and any such defense shall be made diligently and in good faith; provided , that the Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party informed in a timely manner of all actions proposed to be taken by the Indemnifying Party and shall permit the Indemnified Party to participate in all proceedings with respect to such Tax Proceeding. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to such Tax Proceedings involving Taxes for which Red Lion may be liable under Section 3.02(d), Navy (A) shall keep Red Lion informed in a timely manner of all actions proposed to be taken by Navy with respect to such Tax Proceeding (but limited to the portion of such Tax Proceeding that relates to Taxes for which Red Lion is responsible pursuant to Section 3.02(d)) and (B), shall permit Red Lion to participate, at its own expense, in such Tax Proceeding (but limited to the portion of such Tax Proceeding that relates to Taxes for which Red Lion is responsible pursuant to Section 3.02(d)) and shall not settle any such Tax Proceeding without the prior written consent of Red Lion, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

6. Restrictions Related to Restructuring . A new Section 6.02(g) is hereby inserted immediately after Section 6.02(f) of the TMA, as follows:

Notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in this Section 6.02, for purposes of this Agreement, none of the actions or transactions contemplated by the Bankruptcy Plan, individually or in the aggregate, shall be considered a Red Lion Disqualifying Action or a Proposed Action (within the meaning of Section 6.02(d)).

7. Effect of Amendment . This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of the TMA not expressly amended and or waived herein and shall not be construed as an amendment, waiver or consent to any action that would require an amendment, waiver or consent except as expressly stated herein. The TMA, as amended by this Amendment, is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is in all respects ratified and confirmed hereby.

8. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts (any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one Party), each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement. This Amendment, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or other electronic transmission, will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement and will be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of a Party, the other Party

 

4


will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to the requesting Party. No Party will raise the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature was transmitted or communicated through the use of facsimile machine or other electronic means as a defense to the formation of a contract and each such Party forever waives any such defense.

9. Other Miscellaneous Terms . The provisions of Article VIII of the TMA shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment, and to the TMA as modified by this Amendment, taken together as a single agreement, reflecting the terms as modified hereby.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first above written.

 

NABORS INDUSTRIES LTD.
By:  

       /s/ Mark D. Andrews

  Name: Mark D. Andrews
  Title:   Corporate Secretary
C&J ENERGY SERVICES LTD.
By:  

       /s/ Danielle Hunter

  Name: Danielle Hunter
 

Title:   EVP, General Counsel, Chief Risk &

            Compliance Officer

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Tax Matters Agreement]

Exhibit 99.1

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

 

 

   §   
In re:    §    Chapter 11
   §   
CJ HOLDING CO., et al. , 1    §    Case No. 16-33590 (DRJ)
   §   

Debtors.

   §    Jointly Administered

 

   §   

ORDER CONFIRMING THE SECOND AMENDED JOINT

PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (AS MODIFIED) OF CJ HOLDING COMPANY, ET

AL ., PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

(Docket No. 1045)

 

 

The above-captioned debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “ Debtors ”), having: 2

 

  a. commenced, on July 20, 2016 (the “ Petition Date ”), these chapter 11 cases (these “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) by filing voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “ Court ”) for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”);

 

  b. continued to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors in possession in accordance with sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  c. Filed on August 19, 2016, (i) the Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 245] and (ii) the Disclosure Statement Relating to the Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 246];

 

 

1   The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number (if any), are: CJ Holding Co. (4586); Blue Ribbon Technology Inc. (6338); C&J Corporate Services (Bermuda) Ltd.; C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd.; C&J Energy Services, Inc. (3219); C&J Energy Services Ltd.; C&J Spec-Rent Services, Inc. (0712); C&J VLC, LLC (9989); C&J Well Services Inc. (5684); ESP Completion Technologies LLC (4615); KVS Transportation, Inc. (2415); Mobile Data Technologies Ltd.; Tellus Oilfield Inc. (2657); Tiger Cased Hole Services Inc. (7783); and Total E&S, Inc. (5351). The location of the Debtors’ service address is 3990 Rogerdale, Houston, Texas 77042.
2   Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in these amended findings of fact, conclusions of law, and order (collectively, the “ Confirmation Order ”) have the meanings given to them in the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (as Modified) of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code , attached hereto as Exhibit  A (as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, and including all exhibits and supplements thereto, the “ Plan ”). The rules of interpretation set forth in Article I.B of the Plan apply to this Confirmation Order.


  d. Filed on September 28, 2016, (i) the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 516], (ii) the Disclosure Statement Relating to the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Co., et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 518], and (iii) the Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order (I)  Approving the Adequacy of the Disclosure Statement, (II)  Approving the Solicitation and Notice Procedures with Respect to Confirmation of the Debtors’ Proposed First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization, (III)  Approving the Forms of Ballots and Notices in Connection Therewith, (IV)  Approving the Rights Offering Procedures and Related Materials, (V)  Scheduling Certain Dates with Respect Thereto, and (VI)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 520];

 

  e. Filed on November 3, 2016, (i) the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 682] and (ii) the Disclosure Statement Relating to the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Co., et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 684];

 

  f. obtained on November 5, 2016, entry of the Order (I)  Approving the Adequacy of the Disclosure Statement, (II)  Approving the Solicitation and Notice Procedures with Respect to Confirmation of the Debtors’ Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization, (III)  Approving the Forms of Ballots and Notices in Connection Therewith, (IV)  Approving the Rights Offering Procedures and Related Materials, (V)  Scheduling Certain Dates with Respect Thereto, and (VI)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 720] (the “ Disclosure Statement Order ”) approving of the Disclosure Statement, solicitation procedures (the “ Solicitation Procedures ”), and related notices, forms, and ballots (collectively, the “ Solicitation Packages ”);

 

  g. caused the Solicitation Packages and notice of the Confirmation Hearing and the deadline for objecting to confirmation of the Plan to be distributed beginning on or about November 11, 2016 (the “ Solicitation  Date ”), in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure (the “ Bankruptcy  Rules ”), the Disclosure Statement Order, and the Solicitation Procedures, as evidenced by, among other things, the Affidavit of Donlin, Recano and Company, Inc. Regarding Service of Solicitation Packages with Respect to the Disclosure Statement Relating to the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Co., et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 793] (the “ Solicitation Affidavit ”);

 

  h. caused notice of the Confirmation Hearing (the “ Confirmation Hearing Notice ”) to be published on November 18, 2016, in USA Today (national edition) , as evidenced by the Notice of Filing of the Verification of Publication Regarding the Notice of Hearing to Consider Confirmation of the Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan Filed by the Debtors and Related Voting and Objection Deadlines in the National Edition of USA Today [Docket No. 862, Exhibit A]; (collectively, the “ Publication Affidavit ”);

 

2


  i. Filed on December 3, 2016, the Plan Supplement for the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Co. and its Debtor Affiliates [Docket No. 911] (as the same may have been subsequently modified, supplemented, or otherwise amended from time to time, the “ Plan Supplement ”);

 

  j. Filed on December 15, 2016, the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (As Modified) of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 1045]

 

  k. Filed on December 13, 2016, the Declaration of Jung Song of Donlin, Recano and Company, Inc. Regarding the Solicitation of Votes and Tabulation of Ballots Cast on the Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 1025] (the “ Voting  Report ”); and

 

  l. Filed on December 14, 2016, the Debtors’ Memorandum of Law in Support of Confirmation of the Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Company, et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and Omnibus Reply to Objections Thereto [Docket No. 1032] (the “ Confirmation  Brief ”).

This Court having:

 

  a. entered the Disclosure Statement Order on November 5, 2016;

 

  b. set December 9, 2016, at 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time) as the deadline for voting on the Plan and deadline for filing objections in opposition to the Plan;

 

  c. entered the Order Setting Deadlines With Respect to the Hearing on the Proposed Confirmation of the Debtors’ Plan [Docket No. 772] (the “ Scheduling  Order ”) on November 14, 2016;

 

  d. set December 16, 2016, at 10:00 a.m. (prevailing Central Time) as the date and time for the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing in accordance with Bankruptcy Rules 3017 and 3018 and sections 1126, 1128, and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  e. reviewed the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Brief, the Voting Report, and all pleadings, exhibits, statements, responses, and comments regarding Confirmation, including all objections, statements, and reservations of rights Filed by parties in interest on the docket of these Chapter 11 Cases;

 

  f. held the Confirmation Hearing;

 

  g. heard the statements and arguments made by counsel in respect of Confirmation;

 

3


  h. considered all oral representations, live testimony, written direct testimony, designated deposition testimony, exhibits, documents, filings, and other evidence presented at the Confirmation Hearing;

 

  i. entered rulings on the record at the Confirmation Hearing held on December 16, 2016 (the “ Confirmation Ruling ”);

 

  j. overruled any and all objections to the Plan and to Confirmation, except as otherwise stated or indicated on the record, and all statements and reservations of rights not consensually resolved or withdrawn unless otherwise indicated; and

 

  k. taken judicial notice of all papers and pleadings Filed in these Chapter 11 Cases.

NOW, THEREFORE, after due deliberation thereon and good cause appearing therefor, the Court hereby makes and issues the following findings of fact, conclusions of law, and order:

I. FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW

IT IS HEREBY DETERMINED, FOUND, ADJUDGED, DECREED, AND ORDERED THAT:

 

A. Jurisdiction and Venue.

1. Venue in this Court was proper as of the Petition Date and continues to be proper under 28 U.S.C. §§ 1408 and 1409. Confirmation of the Plan is a core proceeding under 28 U.S.C. § 157(b)(2). The Court has subject matter jurisdiction over this matter under 28 U.S.C. § 1334. The Court has exclusive jurisdiction to (a) determine whether the Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and should be confirmed and (b) enter a final order with respect thereto.

 

B. Eligibility for Relief.

2. The Debtors were and continue to be entities eligible for relief under section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

C. Commencement and Joint Administration of these Chapter 11 Cases.

3. On the Petition Date, the Debtors commenced these Chapter 11 Cases. On July 21, 2016, the Court entered an order [Docket No. 32] authorizing the joint administration of

 

4


these Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 1015(b). The Debtors have operated their businesses and managed their properties as debtors in possession pursuant to sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code. No request for the appointment of a trustee or examiner has been made in these Chapter 11 Cases.

 

D. Appointment of Creditors’ Committee.

4. On August 2, 2016, the U.S. Trustee appointed the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors (the “ Creditors’ Committee ”) to represent the interests of the unsecured creditors of the Debtors in these Chapter 11 Cases [Docket No. 142].

 

E. Plan Supplement.

5. On December 3, 2016, the Debtors Filed the Plan Supplement with the Court. The Plan Supplement complies with the terms of the Plan, and the Debtors provided good and proper notice of the filing in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Disclosure Statement Order, and the facts and circumstances of these Chapter 11 Cases. No other or further notice is or will be required with respect to the Plan Supplement.

 

F. Modifications to the Plan.

6. Pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, the modifications to the Plan described or set forth in this Confirmation Order constitute technical or clarifying changes, changes with respect to particular Claims by agreement with holders of such Claims, or modifications that do not otherwise materially and adversely affect or change the treatment of any other Claim or Interest. These modifications are consistent with the disclosures previously made pursuant to the Disclosure Statement and solicitation materials served pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order, and notice of these modifications was adequate and appropriate under the facts and circumstances of these Chapter 11 Cases.

 

5


7. In accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 3019, these modifications do not require additional disclosure under section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code or the resolicitation of votes under section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, and they do not require that holders of Claims or Interests be afforded an opportunity to change previously cast acceptances or rejections of the Plan. Accordingly, the Plan, as modified, is properly before this Court and all votes cast with respect to the Plan prior to such modification shall be binding and shall apply with respect to the Plan.

 

G. Objections Overruled.

8. Any resolution or disposition of objections to Confirmation explained or otherwise ruled upon by the Court on the record at the Confirmation Hearing is hereby incorporated by reference. All unresolved objections, statements, and reservations of rights are hereby overruled on the merits.

 

H. Disclosure Statement Order.

9. On November 5, 2016, the Court entered the Disclosure Statement Order, which, among other things, fixed December 9, 2016, at 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time), as the deadline for voting to accept or reject the Plan, as well as the deadline for objecting to the Plan (the “ Voting and Plan  Objection  Deadline ”).

 

I. Transmittal and Mailing of Materials; Notice.

10. As evidenced by the Solicitation Affidavit, the Publication Affidavit, and the Voting Report, the Debtors provided due, adequate, and sufficient notice of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Disclosure Statement Order, the Scheduling Order, the Solicitation Packages, the Confirmation Hearing Notice, the Plan Supplement, and all the other materials distributed by the Debtors in connection with the Confirmation of the Plan in compliance with the Bankruptcy Rules, including Bankruptcy Rules 2002(b), 3017, 3019, and 3020(b), the

 

6


Bankruptcy Local Rules of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “ Bankruptcy Local Rules ”), and the procedures set forth in the Disclosure Statement Order. The Debtors provided due, adequate, and sufficient notice of the Voting and Plan Objection Deadline, the Confirmation Hearing (as may be continued from time to time), and any applicable bar dates and hearings described in the Disclosure Statement Order and the Scheduling Order in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Bankruptcy Local Rules, and the Disclosure Statement Order. No other or further notice is or shall be required.

 

J. Solicitation.

11. The Debtors solicited votes for acceptance and rejection of the Plan in good faith, and such solicitation complied with sections 1125 and 1126, and all other applicable sections, of the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rules 3017, 3018, and 3019, the Disclosure Statement Order, the Bankruptcy Local Rules, and all other applicable rules, laws, and regulations.

 

K. Voting Report.

12. Before the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors Filed the Voting Report. The Voting Report was admitted into evidence during the Confirmation Hearing without objection. The procedures used to tabulate ballots were fair and conducted in accordance with the Disclosure Statement Order, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Bankruptcy Local Rules, and all other applicable rules, laws, and regulations.

13. As set forth in the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, holders of Claims or Interests in Classes 4, 5, 6, 9, and 10 (collectively, the “ Voting Classes ”) were eligible to vote to accept or reject the Plan in accordance with the Solicitation Procedures. Holders of Claims in Classes 1, 2, and 3 (collectively, the “ Deemed Accepting Classes ”) are Unimpaired and conclusively presumed to accept the Plan and, therefore, did not vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

7


Holders of Claims and Interests in Classes 7 and 8 are Unimpaired and conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan (to the extent reinstated) or are Impaired and deemed to reject the Plan (to the extent cancelled and released), and, in either event, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

L. Bankruptcy Rule 3016.

14. The Plan and all modifications thereto are dated and identify the Entities submitting them, thereby satisfying Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a). The Debtors appropriately Filed the Disclosure Statement and Plan with the Court, thereby satisfying Bankruptcy Rule 3016(b). The injunction, release, and exculpation provisions in the Disclosure Statement and Plan describe, in bold font and with specific and conspicuous language, all acts to be enjoined and identify the entities that will be subject to the injunction, thereby satisfying Bankruptcy Rule 3016(c).

 

M. Burden of Proof.

15. The Debtors, as proponents of the Plan, have met their burden of proving the elements of sections 1129(a) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code by a preponderance of the evidence, the applicable evidentiary standard for Confirmation. Further, the Debtors have proven the elements of sections 1129(a) and 1129(b) by clear and convincing evidence. Each witness who testified on behalf of the Debtors in connection with the Confirmation Hearing was credible, reliable, and qualified to testify as to the topics addressed in his or her testimony.

 

N. Compliance with the Requirements of Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

16. The Plan complies with all applicable provisions of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code as follows:

 

  a. Section 1129(a)(1)—Compliance of the Plan with Applicable Provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

8


17. The Plan complies with all applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 1122 and 1123, as required by section 1129(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  i. Sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1)—Proper Classification.

18. The classification of Claims and Interests under the Plan is proper under the Bankruptcy Code. In accordance with sections 1122(a) and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article III of the Plan provides for the separate classification of Claims and Interests into ten different Classes, based on differences in the legal nature or priority of such Claims and Interests (other than Administrative Claims, DIP Facility Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, which are addressed in Article II of the Plan and are required not to be designated as separate Classes by section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code). Valid business, factual, and legal reasons exist for the separate classification of the various Classes of Claims and Interests created under the Plan, the classifications were not implemented for any improper purpose, and the creation of such Classes does not unfairly discriminate between or among holders of Claims or Interests.

19. In accordance with section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, each Class of Claims or Interests contains only Claims or Interests substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests within that Class. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of sections 1122(a), 1122(b), and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  ii. Sections 1123(a)(2)—Specification of Unimpaired Classes.

20. Article III of the Plan specifies that Claims in the Deemed Accepting Classes are Unimpaired under the Plan. In addition, Article II of the Plan specifies that Administrative Claims, DIP Facility Claims, and Priority Tax Claims are Unimpaired, although the Plan does not classify these Claims. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1123(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

9


  iii. Sections 1123(a)(3)—Specification of Treatment of Voting Classes.

21. Article III of the Plan specifies the treatment of each Voting Class under the Plan. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1123(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  iv. Sections 1123(a)(4)—No Discrimination.

22. Article III of the Plan provides the same treatment to each Claim or Interest in any particular Class, as the case may be, unless the holder of a particular Claim or Interest has agreed to a less favorable treatment with respect to such Claim or Interest. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1123(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  v. Section 1123(a)(5)—Adequate Means for Plan Implementation.

23. The Plan and the various documents included in the Plan Supplement provide adequate and proper means for the Plan’s execution and implementation, including: (a) the restructuring of the Debtors’ balance sheet and other financial transactions provided for by the Plan; (b) the New Organizational Documents, including that certain stockholders agreement to be entered into by Reorganized C&J Energy and certain holders of Secured Lender Claims (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”); (c) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the RSA, including the Exit Facility Documents, the Backstop Commitment Agreement (including the Rights Offering), the Warrant Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, and the Unsecured Creditor Agreement; (d) the cancellation of certain existing agreements, obligations, instruments, and Interests; (e) the continuance of certain agreements, obligations, instruments, and Interests; (f) the vesting of the assets of the Debtors’ Estates in the Reorganized Debtors; and (g) the execution, delivery, filing, or recording of all contracts, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents in furtherance of the Plan. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1123(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

10


  vi. Section 1123(a)(6)—Non-Voting Equity Securities.

24. The New Organizational Documents prohibit the issuance of non-voting securities. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  vii. Section 1123(a)(7)—Directors, Officers, and Trustees.

25. The Reorganized Debtors’ initial directors are set forth in the Plan Supplement. The selection of the New Boards will be determined in accordance with the New Organizational Documents, which is consistent with the interests of creditors and equity holders and public policy. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1123(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  b. Section 1123(b)—Discretionary Contents of the Plan.

26. The Plan contains various provisions that may be construed as discretionary but not necessary for Confirmation under the Bankruptcy Code. Any such discretionary provision complies with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and is not inconsistent with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Thus, the Plan satisfies section 1123(b).

 

  i. Impairment/Unimpairment of Any Class of Claims or Interests.

27. Pursuant to the Plan, Article III of the Plan impairs or leaves unimpaired, as the case may be, each Class of Claims or Interests, as contemplated by section 1123(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

11


  ii. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

28. Article V of the Plan provides for the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as of the Effective Date unless such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease: (a) was previously assumed or rejected; (b) is identified on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (c) is the subject of a motion to assume an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is pending on the Confirmation Date; (d) is subject to a motion to assume an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such assumption is after the Effective Date; (e) is the subject of Article IV.O of the Plan; or (f) is one of the following types of agreements, all of which shall be deemed assumed even if not identified by clauses (a)-(e) above, unless specifically identified as rejected under the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases: (i) confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, (ii) customer agreements, (iii) software license agreements and affiliated contracts, (iv) intercompany agreements and arrangements, and (v) alternative dispute resolution agreements.

 

  iii. Compromise and Settlement.

29. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan and with the support of the Supporting Creditors and the Creditors’ Committee, the provisions of the Plan constitute a good-faith compromise of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal, and subordination rights that all holders of Claims or Interests may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Interest or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Interest. Such compromise and settlement is fair, equitable, and reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates.

 

12


30. The Plan incorporates the Plan Settlement, which is an integrated compromise and settlement of numerous Claims, issues and disputes designed to achieve a beneficial and efficient resolution of these Chapter 11 Cases for all parties in interest. Accordingly, in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, including the release, exculpation, and injunction provisions contained therein, the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan, including the settlement of issues and disputes related to certain avoidance action claims, certain claims and causes of action regarding the amount, validity, perfection, enforceability, priority or extent of the Secured Lender Claims, any claim to avoid, subordinate, or disallow any Secured Lender Claim or Deficiency Lender Claim, whether under any provision of chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, on any equitable theory (including equitable subordination, equitable disallowance, or unjust enrichment) or otherwise, and the valuation of the Debtors’ businesses. Each component of the compromise and settlement, including the treatment of Claims or Interests under the Plan, is an integral, integrated, and inextricably linked part of the Plan Settlement.

31. Based upon the representations and arguments of counsel to the Debtors and all other testimony either actually given or proffered and other evidence introduced at the Confirmation Hearing and the full record of these Chapter 11 Cases, this Confirmation Order constitutes the Court’s approval of the Plan Settlement incorporated in the Plan, because, among other things: (a) the Plan Settlement reflects a reasonable balance between the possible success of litigation with respect to each of the settled claims and disputes, on the one hand, and the benefits of fully and finally resolving such claims and disputes and allowing the Debtors to expeditiously exit chapter 11, on the other hand; (b) absent the Plan Settlement, there is a likelihood of complex and protracted litigation involving, among other things, the settled claims

 

13


and disputes, with the attendant expense, inconvenience and delay that has a possibility to derail the Debtors’ reorganization efforts; (c) each of the parties supporting the Plan Settlement, including the Debtors, the Creditors’ Committee, and the Supporting Creditors, are represented by counsel that is recognized as being knowledgeable, competent, and experienced; (d) the Plan Settlement is the product of arm’s-length bargaining and good faith negotiations between sophisticated parties; and (e) the Plan Settlement is (i) fair, equitable, and reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, their respective Estates and property, creditors, and other parties in interest, (ii) will maximize the value of the Estates by preserving and protecting the ability of the Reorganized Debtors to continue operating outside of bankruptcy protection and in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) is essential to the successful implementation of the Plan.

32. The releases of the Debtors’ directors and officers are an integral component of the Plan Settlement. The Debtors’ directors and officers: (a) made a substantial and valuable contribution to the Debtors’ restructuring and the estates; (b) invested significant time and effort to make the restructuring a success and preserve the value of the Debtors’ estates in a challenging environment; (c) attended numerous board meetings related to the restructuring; and (d) are entitled to indemnification from the Debtors under state law, organizational documents, and agreements. Litigation by the Debtors against the Debtors’ directors and officers would be a distraction to the Debtors’ business and restructuring and would decrease rather than increase the value of the estates. The releases of the Debtors’ directors and officers contained in the Plan have the consent of the Debtors and the Releasing Parties and are in the best interests of the estates.

 

14


  iv. Debtor Release.

33. The releases of claims and Causes of Action by the Debtors described in Article VIII.C of the Plan in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (the “ Debtor Release ”) represent a valid exercise of the Debtors’ business judgment under Bankruptcy Rule 9019. The Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ pursuit of any such claims against the Released Parties is not in the best interest of the Estates’ various constituencies because the costs involved would likely outweigh any potential benefit from pursuing such Claims. The Debtor Release is fair and equitable and complies with the absolute priority rule.

34. The Debtor Release is furthermore an integral part of the Plan and the Plan Settlement embodied therein, and is in the best interests of the Debtors’ Estates as a component of the comprehensive settlement implemented under the Plan. The probability of success in litigation with respect to the released Causes of Action supports the Debtor Release. In negotiations between the Debtors, the Supporting Creditors, and the Creditors’ Committee, the parties identified potential Causes of Action held by the Debtors. With respect to each of these potential Causes of Action, the parties could assert colorable defenses and the probability of success is uncertain and appropriately reflected in the recovery to General Unsecured Creditors and other holders of Claims or Interests under the Plan.

35. Creditors have overwhelmingly voted in favor of the Plan, including the Debtor Release. The Plan, including the Debtor Releases, was negotiated before and after the Petition Date by sophisticated parties represented by able counsel and financial advisors, including the Supporting Creditors and the Creditors’ Committee. The Debtor Release is therefore the result of an arm’s-length negotiation process.

36. The Debtor Release appropriately offers protection to parties that participated in the Debtors’ restructuring process, including the Supporting Creditors and the Creditors’

 

15


Committee. Specifically, the Released Parties under the Plan, including the Supporting Creditors and the Creditors’ Committee, made significant concessions and contributions to the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases, including, as applicable, entering into the RSA and related agreements, actively supporting the Plan and these Chapter 11 Cases, and waiving substantial rights and Claims against the Debtors under the Plan. The Debtor Release for the Debtors’ directors and officers is appropriate because the Debtors’ directors and officers share an identity of interest with the Debtors, waived contractual and statutory Claims against the Debtors, supported the Plan and these Chapter 11 Cases, and actively participated in meetings, negotiations, and implementation during these Chapter 11 Cases, and have provided other valuable consideration to the Debtors to facilitate the Debtors’ reorganization.

37. The scope of the Debtor Release is appropriately tailored under the facts and circumstances of these Chapter 11 Cases. In light of, among other things, the value provided by the Released Parties to the Debtors’ Estates and the critical nature of the Debtor Release to the Plan, the Debtor Release is appropriate.

 

  v. Release by Holders of Claims and Interests.

38. The release by the Releasing Parties (the “ Third Party Release ”), set forth in Article VIII.D of the Plan, is an essential provision of the Plan. The Third Party Release is: (a) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (b) a good-faith settlement and compromise of the claims and Causes of Action released by the Third Party Release; (c) materially beneficial to, and in the best interests of, the Debtors, their Estates, and their stakeholders, and is important to the overall objectives of the Plan to finally resolve certain Claims among or against certain parties in interest in these Chapter 11 Cases; (d) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (e) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; (f) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any claim or Cause of Action released by the Third Party Release against any of the Released Parties; and (g) consistent with sections 105, 524, 1123, 1129, and 1141 and other applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

16


39. The Third Party Release is an integral part of the Plan. Like the Debtor Release, the Third Party Release facilitated participation in both the Debtors’ Plan and the chapter 11 process generally. The Third Party Release is instrumental to the Plan and was critical in incentivizing the parties to support the Plan and preventing potentially significant and time-consuming litigation regarding the parties’ respective rights and interests. The Third Party Release was a core negotiation point in connection with the RSA and instrumental in developing a Plan that maximized value for all of the Debtors’ stakeholders and kept the Debtors intact as a going concern. As such, the Third Party Release appropriately offers certain protections to parties who constructively participated in the Debtors’ restructuring process by, among other things, supporting the Plan Furthermore, the Third Party Release is consensual as all parties in interest, including all Releasing Parties, were provided notice of the chapter 11 proceedings, the Plan, and the deadline to object to confirmation of the Plan and properly informed that all holders of Claims against or Interests in the Debtors that did not file an objection with the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases that expressly objected to the inclusion of such holder as a Releasing Party under the provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan would be deemed to have expressly, unconditionally, generally, individually, and collectively consented to the release and discharge of all claims and Causes of Action against the Debtors and the Released Parties. Additionally, the release provisions of the Plan were conspicuous, emphasized with boldface type in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the ballots, and the applicable notices.

40. The scope of the Third Party Release is appropriately tailored under the facts and circumstances of these Chapter 11 Cases, and parties in interest received due and adequate notice

 

17


of the Third Party Release. Among other things, the Plan provides appropriate and specific disclosure with respect to the claims and Causes of Action that are subject to the Third Party Release, and no other disclosure is necessary. The Debtors, as evidenced by the Solicitation Affidavit, provided sufficient notice of the Third Party Release, and no further or other notice is necessary. The Third Party Release is specific in language, integral to the Plan, a condition of the Plan Settlement, and given for substantial consideration. In light of, among other things, the value provided by the Released Parties to the Debtors’ Estates and the critical nature of the Third Party Release to the Plan, the Third Party Release is appropriate.

 

  vi. Exculpation.

41. The exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII.E of the Plan are essential to the Plan. The record in these Chapter 11 Cases fully supports the exculpation and the exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII.E of the Plan, which are appropriately tailored to protect the Exculpated Parties from inappropriate litigation.

 

  vii. Injunction.

42. The injunction provisions set forth in Article VIII.F of the Plan are essential to the Plan and are necessary to implement the Plan and to preserve and enforce the discharge, Debtor Release, the Third Party Release, and the exculpation provisions in Article VIII.E of the Plan. Such injunction provisions are appropriately tailored to achieve those purposes.

 

  viii. Preservation of Claims and Causes of Action.

43. Article IV.P of the Plan appropriately provides for the preservation by the Debtors of certain Causes of Action in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Causes of Action not released by the Debtors or exculpated under the Plan will be retained by the Reorganized Debtors as provided by the Plan. The Plan is specific with respect to the Causes of Action to be retained by the Debtors, and the Plan and Plan Supplement provide meaningful

 

18


disclosure with respect to the potential Causes of Action that the Debtors may retain, and all parties in interest received adequate notice with respect to such retained Causes of Action. The provisions regarding Causes of Action in the Plan are appropriate and in the best interests of the Debtors, their respective Estates, and holders of Claims or Interests. For the avoidance of any doubt, Causes of Action released or exculpated under the Plan will not be retained by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

  c. Section 1123(d)—Cure of Defaults.

44. Article V.D of the Plan provides for the satisfaction of Cure Claims associated with each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed in accordance with section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. Any monetary defaults under each Assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by payment of the default amount in Cash on the Effective Date, subject to the limitations described in Article V.D of the Plan, or on such other terms as the parties to such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases may otherwise agree. Any disputed cure amounts will be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V.D of the Plan, and applicable bankruptcy and nonbankruptcy law. As such, the Plan provides that the Debtors will cure, or provide adequate assurance that the Debtors will promptly cure, defaults with respect to assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases in accordance with section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. Thus, the Plan complies with section 1123(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  d. Section 1129(a)(2)—Compliance of the Debtors and Others with the Applicable Provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

45. The Debtors, as proponents of the Plan, have complied with all applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code as required by section 1129(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 1122, 1123, 1124, 1125, 1126, and 1128, and Bankruptcy Rules 3017, 3018, and 3019.

 

19


46. The Debtors and their agents solicited votes to accept or reject the Plan after the Court approved the adequacy of the Disclosure Statement, pursuant to section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and the Disclosure Statement Order.

47. The Debtors and their agents have solicited and tabulated votes on the Plan and have participated in the activities described in section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code fairly, in good faith within the meaning of section 1125(e), and in a manner consistent with the applicable provisions of the Disclosure Statement Order, the Disclosure Statement, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Local Bankruptcy Rules, and all other applicable rules, laws, and regulations and are entitled to the protections afforded by section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and the exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII.E of the Plan. The Debtors and their respective agents and Affiliates have participated in good faith and in compliance with applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, in the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the New Common Stock and the New Warrants, and the Debtors and their respective agents and Affiliates shall not be held liable on account of such participation for violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of such securities.

48. The Debtors and their agents have participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code with regard to the offering, issuance, and distribution of recoveries under the Plan and therefore are not, and on account of such distributions will not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or distributions made pursuant to the Plan, so long as such distributions are made consistent with and pursuant to the Plan.

 

20


  e. Section 1129(a)(3)—Proposal of Plan in Good Faith.

49. The Debtors have proposed the Plan in good faith and not by any means forbidden by law. In determining that the Plan has been proposed in good faith, the Court has examined the totality of the circumstances surrounding the filing of these Chapter 11 Cases, the Plan itself, and the process leading to its formulation. The Debtors’ good faith is evident from the facts and record of these Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, the hearing on the Disclosure Statement, and the record of the Confirmation Hearing and other proceedings held in these Chapter 11 Cases.

50. The Plan is the product of good faith, arm’s-length negotiations by and among the Debtors, the Debtors’ directors and officers, the Supporting Creditors, and the Creditors’ Committee. The Plan itself and the process leading to its formulation provide independent evidence of the Debtors’ and such other parties’ good faith, serve the public interest, and assure fair treatment of holders of Claims or Interests. Consistent with the overriding purpose of chapter 11, the Debtors filed these Chapter 11 Cases with the belief that the Debtors were in need of reorganization and the Plan was negotiated and proposed with the intention of accomplishing a successful reorganization and maximizing stakeholder value and for no ulterior purpose. Accordingly, the requirements of section 1129(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code are satisfied.

 

  f. Section 1129(a)(4)—Court Approval of Certain Payments as Reasonable.

51. Any payment made or to be made by the Debtors, or by a person issuing securities or acquiring property under the Plan, for services or costs and expenses in connection with these Chapter 11 Cases, or in connection with the Plan and incident to these Chapter 11 Cases, has been approved by, or is subject to the approval of, the Court as reasonable. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(a)(4).

 

21


  g. Section 1129(a)(5)—Disclosure of Directors and Officers and Consistency with the Interests of Creditors and Public Policy.

52. The identities of the Reorganized Debtors’ known directors and officers were disclosed in the Plan Supplement. Accordingly, the Debtors have satisfied the requirements of section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  h. Section 1129(a)(6)—Rate Changes.

53. The Plan does not contain any rate changes subject to the jurisdiction of any governmental regulatory commission and therefore will not require governmental regulatory approval. Therefore, section 1129(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code does not apply to the Plan.

 

  i. Section 1129(a)(7)—Best Interests of Holders of Claims and Interests.

54. The evidence in support of the Plan that was proffered or adduced at the Confirmation Hearing, and the facts and circumstances of these Chapter 11 Cases, establish that each holder of Allowed Claims or Interests in each Class will recover as much or more value under the Plan on account of such Claim or Interest, as of the Effective Date, than the amount such holder would receive if the Debtors were liquidated on the Effective Date under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. As a result, the Debtors have demonstrated that the Plan is in the best interest of their creditors and equity holders and the requirements of section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code are satisfied.

 

  j. Section 1129(a)(8)—Conclusive Presumption of Acceptance by Unimpaired Classes; Acceptance of the Plan by Certain Voting Classes.

55. The Deemed Accepting Classes are Unimpaired under the Plan and are deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Additionally, the overwhelming majority of Voting Classes voted to accept the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt,

 

22


however, even if section 1129(a)(8) has not been satisfied with respect to all of the Debtors, the Plan is confirmable because the Plan does not discriminate unfairly and is fair and equitable with respect to the Voting Classes and thus satisfies section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to such Classes as described further below. As a result, the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code are satisfied.

 

  k. Section 1129(a)(9)—Treatment of Claims Entitled to Priority Pursuant to Section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

56. The treatment of Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Facility Claims, and Priority Tax Claims under Article II of the Plan satisfies the requirements of, and complies in all respects with, section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  l. Section 1129(a)(10)—Acceptance by at Least One Voting Class.

57. As set forth in the Voting Report, the Voting Classes overwhelmingly voted to accept the Plan. As such, there is at least one Voting Class that has accepted the Plan, determined without including any acceptance of the Plan by any insider (as defined by the Bankruptcy Code), for each Debtor. Accordingly, the requirements of section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code are satisfied.

 

  m. Section 1129(a)(11)—Feasibility of the Plan.

58. The Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code. The evidence supporting the Plan proffered or adduced by the Debtors at or before the Confirmation Hearing: (a) is reasonable, persuasive, credible, and accurate as of the dates such evidence was prepared, presented, or proffered; (b) has not been controverted by other persuasive evidence; (c) establishes that the Plan is feasible and Confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization; (d) establishes that the Debtors will have sufficient funds available to meet their obligations under the Plan—including sufficient

 

23


amounts of Cash to reasonably ensure payment of Allowed Claims that will receive Cash distributions pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the funding of the Unsecured Creditor Cash Pool and the Convenience Class Recovery Pool; and (e) establishes that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will have the financial wherewithal to pay any Claims that accrue, become payable, or are allowed by Final Order following the Effective Date. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  n. Section 1129(a)(12)—Payment of Statutory Fees.

59. Article XII.D of the Plan provides that all fees payable pursuant to section 1930(a) of the Judicial Code, as determined by the Court at the Confirmation Hearing in accordance with section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, will be paid by each of the applicable Reorganized Debtors for each quarter (including any fraction of a quarter) until these Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed, or closed, whichever occurs first. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(a)(12) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  o. Section 1129(a)(13)—Retiree Benefits.

60. Pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, and as provided in Article IV.O of the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors will continue to pay all obligations on account of retiree benefits (as such term is used in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code) on and after the Effective Date in accordance with applicable law. As a result, the requirements of section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code are satisfied.

 

  p. Section 1129(a)(14), (15), and (16)—Domestic Support Obligations, Individuals, and Nonprofit Corporations.

61. The Debtors do not owe any domestic support obligations, are not individuals, and are not nonprofit corporations. Therefore, sections 1129(a)(14), 1129(a)(15), and 1129(a)(16) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply to these Chapter 11 Cases.

 

24


  q. Section 1129(b)—Confirmation of Plan Over Nonacceptance of Voting Classes.

62. For the avoidance of doubt, if certain of the Voting Classes have not accepted the Plan, the Plan may be confirmed pursuant to section 1129(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code because: (a) at least one Voting Class at each Debtor voted to accept the Plan; and (b) the Plan does not discriminate unfairly and is fair and equitable with respect to the Claims or Interests in the Voting Classes that voted to reject the Plan. As a result, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Thus, the Plan may be confirmed even though section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code is not satisfied. After entry of this Confirmation Order and upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Plan shall be binding upon the members of the Voting Classes that voted to reject the Plan.

 

  r. Section 1129(c)—Only One Plan.

63. Other than the Plan (including previous versions thereof), no other plan has been Filed in these Chapter 11 Cases. Accordingly, the requirements of section 1129(c) of the Bankruptcy Code are satisfied.

 

  s. Section 1129(d)—Principal Purpose of the Plan Is Not Avoidance of Taxes or Section 5 of the Securities Act.

64. No Governmental Unit has requested that the Court refuse to confirm the Plan on the grounds that the principal purpose of the Plan is the avoidance of taxes or the avoidance of the application of section 5 of the Securities Act. As evidenced by its terms, the principal purpose of the Plan is not such avoidance. Accordingly, the requirements of section 1129(d) of the Bankruptcy Code have been satisfied.

 

  t. Section 1129(e)—Not Small Business Cases.

65. These Chapter 11 Cases are not small business cases, and accordingly, section 1129(e) of the Bankruptcy Code does not apply to these Chapter 11 Cases.

 

25


  u. Satisfaction of Confirmation Requirements.

66. Based upon the foregoing and all other pleadings and evidence proffered or adduced at or prior to the Confirmation Hearing, the Plan and the Debtors, as applicable, satisfy all the requirements for plan confirmation set forth in section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  v. Good Faith.

67. The Debtors have proposed the Plan in good faith, with the legitimate and honest purpose of maximizing the value of the Debtors’ Estates for the benefit of their stakeholders. The Plan accomplishes this goal. Accordingly, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as appropriate, have been, are, and will continue acting in good faith if they proceed to: (a) consummate the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, and the agreements, settlements, transactions, and transfers contemplated thereby; and (b) take the actions authorized and directed or contemplated by this Confirmation Order. Therefore, the Plan has been proposed in good faith to achieve a result consistent with the objectives and purposes of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  w. Conditions to Effective Date.

68. The Plan shall not become effective unless and until the conditions set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan have been satisfied or waived pursuant to Article IX.B of the Plan.

 

  x. Implementation.

69. All documents and agreements necessary to implement transactions contemplated by the Plan, including those contained or summarized in the Plan Supplement, have been negotiated in good faith and at arm’s length, are in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates, and shall, upon completion of documentation and execution, be valid, binding, and enforceable documents and agreements not in conflict with any federal, state, or local law. The Debtors are authorized to take any action reasonably necessary or appropriate to consummate such agreements and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

26


  y. Vesting of Assets.

70. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Exit Facility Documents, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all property in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor (or, with respect to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, the Unsecured Claims Representative), free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

 

  z. Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

71. Pursuant to sections 365 and 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Plan provides for the assumption or rejection of certain Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. The Debtors’ determinations regarding the assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases are based on and within the sound business judgment of the Debtors, are necessary to the implementation of the Plan and are in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, holders of Claims or Interests and other parties in interest in these Chapter 11 Cases.

 

  aa. Mediated Settlement Agreement.

72. Based upon the representations and arguments of counsel to the Debtors, the testimony either actually given or proffered, the evidence introduced at the Confirmation Hearing, and the full record of these Chapter 11 Cases, this Confirmation Order constitutes the Court’s approval of that certain mediated settlement agreement attached to this Confirmation

 

27


Order as Exhibit B (the “ Mediated Settlement Agreement ”) and incorporated into this Confirmation Order by reference, because, among other things: (a) the Mediated Settlement Agreement reflects a reasonable balance between the possible success of litigation with respect to each of the settled claims and disputes, on the one hand, and the benefits of fully and finally resolving such claims and disputes and allowing the Debtors to expeditiously exit chapter 11, on the other hand; (b) absent the Mediated Settlement Agreement, there is a likelihood of complex and protracted litigation involving, among other things, the settled claims and disputes, with the attendant expense, inconvenience, and delay; (c) each of the parties supporting the Mediated Settlement Agreement, including the Debtors, the Creditors’ Committee, the Supporting Creditors, and Nabors are represented by counsel that is recognized as being knowledgeable, competent, and experienced; (d) the Mediated Settlement Agreement is the product of arm’s-length bargaining and good faith negotiations between sophisticated parties; and (e) the Mediated Settlement Agreement (i) is fair, equitable, and reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, their respective Estates and property, stakeholders, and other parties in interest, (ii) will maximize the value of the Estates by preserving and protecting the ability of the Reorganized Debtors to continue operating outside of bankruptcy protection and in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) is essential to the successful implementation of the Plan.

II. ORDER

BASED ON THE FOREGOING FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW, IT IS THEREFORE ORDERED, ADJUDGED, AND DECREED THAT:

73. This Confirmation Order confirms the Plan in its entirety.

74. This Confirmation Order approves the Plan Supplement, including the documents contained therein that may be amended through and including the Effective Date in accordance with and as permitted by the Plan. The terms of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the exhibits

 

28


thereto are incorporated herein by reference and are an integral part of this Confirmation Order; provided , however , that if there is any direct conflict between the terms of the Plan and the terms of this Confirmation Order, the terms of this Confirmation Order shall control solely to the extent of such conflict.

75. All holders of Claims or Interests that voted to accept the Plan are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as modified.

76. The terms of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, all exhibits thereto, and this Confirmation Order shall be effective and binding as of the Effective Date on all parties in interest, including, but not limited to: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Creditors’ Committee; and (c) all holders of Claims or Interests.

77. The failure to include or refer to any particular article, section, or provision of the Plan, the Plan Supplement or any related document, agreement, or exhibit does not impair the effectiveness of that article, section, or provision; it being the intent of the Court that the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and any related document, agreement, or exhibit are approved in their entirety.

 

A. Objections.

78. To the extent that any objections (including any reservations of rights contained therein) to Confirmation have not been withdrawn, waived, or settled before entry of this Confirmation Order, are not cured by the relief granted in this Confirmation Order, or have not been otherwise resolved as stated on the record of the Confirmation Hearing, all such objections (including any reservation of rights contained therein) are hereby overruled in their entirety and on their merits.

 

29


B. Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law.

79. The findings of fact and the conclusions of law set forth in this Confirmation Order constitute findings of fact and conclusions of law in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 7052, made applicable to this proceeding by Bankruptcy Rule 9014. All findings of fact and conclusions of law announced by the Court at the Confirmation Hearing in relation to Confirmation are hereby incorporated into this Confirmation Order. To the extent that any of the following constitutes findings of fact or conclusions of law, they are adopted as such. To the extent any finding of fact or conclusion of law set forth in this Confirmation Order (including any findings of fact or conclusions of law announced by the Court at the Confirmation Hearing and incorporated herein) constitutes an order of this Court, it is adopted as such.

 

C. The Plan Settlement.

80. The Plan Settlement, as incorporated into the Plan, and each component of the Plan Settlement, are hereby approved pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019 as fair and reasonable and in the best interests of each of the Debtors, their Estates and creditors. Further, the compromises and settlements described in the Plan are deemed an integrated compromise and settlement and, accordingly, are non-severable from each other and from all other terms of the Plan. The compromises and settlements embodied in the Plan Settlement are fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are duly authorized to execute, deliver, implement and fully perform any and all obligations, instruments, documents, and papers, and to take any and all actions reasonably necessary or appropriate to consummate the Plan Settlement and each of the settlements embodied therein.

 

30


D. The Mediated Settlement Agreement.

81. The Mediated Settlement Agreement, as incorporated into this Confirmation Order by reference, and each component of the Mediated Settlement Agreement, are hereby approved pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 as fair and reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and their respective property, Estates, stakeholders, and other parties in interest. The compromises and settlements embodied in the Mediated Settlement Agreement are fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. To consummate the Mediated Settlement Agreement and each of the settlements embodied therein, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are duly authorized to (a) execute and deliver any and all reasonably necessary or appropriate instruments, documents, and papers, (b) implement and fully perform any and all obligations thereunder, and (c) take any and all other actions reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection therewith.

82. The first sentence of Paragraph 9 of the Mediated Settlement Agreement is hereby struck in its entirety and replaced with the following language: “The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors will satisfy Allowed General Unsecured Claims and Allowed Unsecured Convenience Class Claims authorized to be paid under the orders issued at Docket Nos.: 61, 66, 415, 419, and 421.”

83. To the extent there is any direct conflict between the terms of the Mediated Settlement Agreement and the terms of this Confirmation Order, the terms of the Mediated Settlement Agreement shall control solely to the extent of such conflict.

 

E. The Releases, Injunction, Exculpation, and Related Provisions Under the Plan.

84. The following releases, injunctions, exculpations, and related provisions set forth in Article VIII of the Plan are incorporated herein in their entirety, are hereby approved and authorized in all respects, are so ordered, and shall be immediately effective on the Effective Date without further order or action on the part of this Court or any other party:

 

  a. Releases by the Debtors.

 

31


85. Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates, in each case on behalf of themselves and their respective successors, assigns, and representatives, and any and all other entities who may purport to assert any Cause of Action, directly or derivatively, by, through, for, or because of the foregoing entities, from any and all Causes of Action, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, a Debtor or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions, the Merger, the Rights Offering, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Rights Offering, the Exit Facility, the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement), or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Plan, or the Plan Settlement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other

 

32


act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Confirmation Order or the Plan to the contrary, the foregoing release does not release any obligations of any party under this Confirmation Order, the Plan, or any document, instrument, or agreement executed to implement the Plan.

86. Entry of this Confirmation Order shall constitute the Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases described in Article VIII.C of the Plan by the Debtors, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall constitute its finding that each release described in Article VIII.C of the Plan is: (1)  in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties, a good faith settlement and compromise of such Claims; (2)  in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Interests and Claims; (3)  fair, equitable, and reasonable; (4)  given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (5)  a bar to any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors asserting any claim, Cause of Action, or liability related thereto, of any kind whatsoever, against any of the Released Parties or their property.

 

  b. Releases by Holders of Claims or Interests.

87. As of the Effective Date, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions, the Merger, the Rights Offering, the Chapter 11 Cases, the

 

33


formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Rights Offering, the Exit Facility, the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement and the Plan Settlement), or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Plan, or the Plan Settlement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other related act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Confirmation Order or the Plan to the contrary, the foregoing release does not release any obligations of any party under this Confirmation Order, the Plan, or any document, instrument, or agreement executed to implement the Plan.

88. Entry of this Confirmation Order shall constitute the Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases described in Article VIII.D of the Plan, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in this Plan, and further, shall constitute its finding that each release described in Article VIII.D of the Plan is: (1)  in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties, a good faith settlement and compromise of such Claims; (2)  in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Interests and Claims; (3)  fair, equitable, and reasonable; (4)  given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (5)  a bar to any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors asserting any claim, Cause of Action, or liability related thereto, of any kind whatsoever, against any of the Released Parties or their property.

 

34


89. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Confirmation Order or the Plan, the releases set forth in Article VIII.D of the Plan do not release any entity other than the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates from any claim related to an act or omission that is determined in a Final Order by a court competent jurisdiction to have constituted actual fraud.

 

  c. Exculpation.

90. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the RSA and related prepetition transactions, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Settlement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the

 

35


solicitation of votes and distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

 

  d. Injunction.

91. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties: (1)  commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (2)  enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (3)  creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (4)  asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests unless such holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a Claim or Interest or otherwise that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (5)  commencing

 

36


or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.

92. Upon entry of this Confirmation Order, all holders of Claims and Interests and their respective current and former employees, agents, officers, directors, principals, and direct and indirect affiliates shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or Consummation of the Plan; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not enjoin any Supporting Creditor from exercising any of its rights or remedies under the RSA in accordance with the terms thereof. Each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, by accepting, or being eligible to accept, distributions under or Reinstatement of such Claim or Interest, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed to have consented to the injunction provisions set forth in Article VIII.F of the Plan

 

F. Preservation of Rights of Action.

93. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, release or other agreement entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, in accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall have vested in them as of the Effective Date, and the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce, any claims, demands, rights, defenses and causes of action that the Debtor or the Estate may hold against any Entity. Each Reorganized Debtor or its successor may pursue such retained claims, demands, rights, defenses or causes of action, as appropriate, and may settle such claims after the Effective Date without notice to parties in interest or approval of this Court; provided that, prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall not settle, compromise, or discharge any Cause of Action that is not agreed to be released pursuant to the Plan without the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors and, with respect to any claims and Causes of Action against Nabors, the Committee.

 

37


G. Post-Confirmation Notices, Professional Compensation, and Bar Dates.

94. In accordance with Bankruptcy Rules 2002 and 3020(c), no later than seven days after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors must cause notice of Confirmation and occurrence of the Effective Date (the “ Notice of Confirmation ”) to be served by United States mail, first-class postage prepaid, by hand, or by overnight courier service to all parties served with the Confirmation Hearing Notice. To supplement the notice procedures described in the preceding sentence, no later than fourteen days after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors must cause the Notice of Confirmation, modified for publication, to be published on one occasion in USA Today (national edition). Mailing and publication of the Notice of Confirmation in the time and manner set forth in this paragraph will be good, adequate, and sufficient notice under the particular circumstances and in accordance with the requirements of Bankruptcy Rules 2002 and 3020(c). No further notice is necessary.

95. The Notice of Confirmation will have the effect of an order of the Court, will constitute sufficient notice of the entry of this Confirmation Order to filing and recording officers, and will be a recordable instrument notwithstanding any contrary provision of applicable non-bankruptcy law.

96. Professionals or other Entities asserting a Professional Fee Claim for services rendered before the Confirmation Date must File an application for final allowance of such Professional Fee Claim no later than 45 days after the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay Professional Fee Claims in Cash in the amount this Court allows, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, which the Reorganized Debtors will establish in trust for the Professionals and fund with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount on the Effective Date and otherwise in accordance with the Plan.

 

38


97. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed no later than the Administrative Claim Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to File and serve a request for such payment of such Administrative Claims that do not file and serve such a request by the Administrative Claim Bar Date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or their property, and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection from the Reorganized Debtors or any action by the Court.

 

H. Notice of Subsequent Pleadings.

98. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in this Confirmation Order, notice of all subsequent pleadings in these Chapter 11 Cases after the Effective Date will be limited to the following parties: (a) the U.S. Trustee; (b) counsel to the Supporting Creditors; (c) the Unsecured Claims Representative; and (d) any party known to be directly affected by the relief sought by such pleadings.

 

I. Retention of Jurisdiction.

99. This Court retains jurisdiction over these Chapter 11 Cases, all matters arising out of or related to these Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan, the matters set forth in Article XI of the Plan, and other applicable provisions of the Plan.

 

J. Reports.

100. After the Effective Date, the Debtors have no obligation to file with the Court or serve on any parties reports that the Debtors were obligated to file under the Bankruptcy Code or a Court order, including monthly operating reports (even for those periods for which a monthly

 

39


operating report was not Filed before the Effective Date), ordinary course professional reports, and monthly or quarterly reports for Professionals; provided, however, that the Debtors will comply with the U.S. Trustee’s quarterly reporting requirements. From Confirmation through the Effective Date the Debtors will File such reports as are required under the Bankruptcy Local Rules.

 

K. Effectiveness of All Actions.

101. Except as set forth in the Plan, all actions authorized to be taken pursuant to the Plan shall be effective on, before, or after the Effective Date pursuant to this Confirmation Order, without further application to, or order of the Court, or further action by the Debtors and/or the Reorganized Debtors and their respective directors, officers, members, or stockholders, and with the effect that such actions had been taken by unanimous action of such officers, directors, managers, members, or stockholders.

 

L. Approval of Consents and Authorization to Take Acts Necessary to Implement Plan.

102. This Confirmation Order shall constitute all authority, approvals, and consents required, if any, by the laws, rules, and regulations of all states and any other governmental authority with respect to the implementation or consummation of the Plan and any documents, instruments, or agreements, and any amendments or modifications thereto, and any other acts and transactions referred to in or contemplated by the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, and any documents, instruments, securities, or agreements, and any amendments or modifications thereto.

 

M. Plan Implementation Authorization.

103. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, and their respective directors, officers, members, agents, and attorneys, financial advisors, and investment bankers are authorized and empowered from and after the date hereof to negotiate, execute, issue, deliver,

 

40


implement, file, or record any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document related to the Plan, including the New Organizational Documents (including the Stockholders Agreement), the Exit Facility Documents, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, and the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, as the same may be modified, amended and supplemented, and to take any action necessary or appropriate to implement, effectuate, consummate, or further evidence the Plan in accordance with its terms, or take any or all corporate actions authorized to be taken pursuant to the Plan, whether or not specifically referred to in the Plan or any exhibit thereto, without further order of the Court. To the extent applicable, any or all such documents shall be accepted upon presentment by each of the respective state filing offices and recorded in accordance with applicable state law and shall become effective in accordance with their terms and the provisions of state law. Pursuant to section 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and any comparable provision of the business corporation laws of any other state, as applicable, no action of the Debtors’ boards of directors or the Reorganized Debtors’ boards of directors will be required to authorize the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to enter into, execute and deliver, adopt or amend, as the case may be, any such contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document related to the Plan, and following the Effective Date, each of the Plan documents will be a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, enforceable against the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with the respective terms thereof. The Debtors are also authorized from and after the date hereof take additional steps to consolidate and streamline their organization, including, among other things, the merger, liquidation, or consolidation of one or more of the Debtors.

 

41


N. Restructuring Transactions.

104. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any Restructuring Transactions, including: (1) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution, sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (3) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or provincial law; and (4) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law in connection with the Plan.

105. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, and their respective directors, officers, members, agents, and attorneys, financial advisors, and investment bankers are authorized and empowered from and after the date hereof to take any and all actions necessary to resolve, wind up, or otherwise conclude the Bermudian Proceedings and the Canadian Proceedings.

 

O. Approval of the Exit Facility.

106. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the Exit Facility, the terms of which will be set forth in the Exit Facility Documents. This Confirmation Order constitutes approval of the Exit Facility and the Exit Facility Documents, and all transactions

 

42


contemplated thereby, including any supplemental or additional syndication of the Exit Facility, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, including the payment of all fees, indemnities, and expenses provided for therein, and the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to enter into and execute the Exit Facility Documents and such other documents as may be required to effectuate the treatment afforded by the Exit Facility, without further notice to or order of the Court, act, or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as the Reorganized Debtors may deem to be necessary to consummate the Exit Facility.

107. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the Exit Facility Documents: (a) shall be deemed to be granted; (b) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Exit Facility Documents; (c) shall be deemed perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Exit Facility Documents; and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of this

 

43


Confirmation Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

P. Approval of the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

108. The Backstop Commitment Agreement and the terms and provisions included therein are approved in their entirety. The Debtors are authorized and directed to enter into, execute, deliver, and implement the Backstop Commitment Agreement and any and all instruments, documents, and papers contemplated thereunder, to fully perform any and all obligations thereunder, and to take any and all actions necessary and proper to implement the terms of the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

109. The fees, indemnities and expenses provided for or permitted by the Backstop Commitment Agreement (including the Put Option Premium (as defined in the Backstop Commitment Agreement), the Expense Reimbursement (as defined in the Backstop Commitment Agreement), and the Debtors’ obligations to indemnify the Backstop Parties for the matters set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement (the “ Backstop Indemnification Obligations ”)) are hereby approved as reasonable, shall constitute allowed administrative expense claims pursuant to section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and shall be subordinate in right of payment only to those Claims explicitly afforded more senior priority under the DIP Facility Order or the Plan, as applicable, and senior in right of payment to all other claims (of any nature) against the Debtors, now existing or hereafter arising, shall be non-refundable and shall not be subject to any avoidance, disgorgement, reduction, setoff, recoupment, offset, recharacterization, subordination (whether contractual, equitable, or otherwise), counterclaims, cross-claims, defenses, disallowance, impairment or any other challenges under any theory at law or in equity by any

 

44


person or entity. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are authorized and directed to pay the fees, indemnities and expenses provided for or permitted by the Backstop Commitment Agreement (including the Put Option Premium, the Expense Reimbursement and the Backstop Indemnification Obligations), each in accordance with its terms and as and when required by the Backstop Commitment Agreement, without further application to or order of the Court.

 

Q. Binding Effect.

110. On the date of and after entry of this Confirmation Order and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan, the final versions of the documents contained in the Plan Supplement (including the New Organizational Documents (including the Stockholders Agreement), the Exit Facility Documents, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, and the Unsecured Creditor Agreement) and this Confirmation Order shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, any and all holders of Claims or Interests (regardless of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted or rejected the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan or this Confirmation Order, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors. All Claims and debts shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any holder of a Claim or debt has voted on the Plan.

111. Pursuant to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date and subject to the terms of the Plan and this Confirmation Order, all prior orders entered in these Chapter 11 Cases, all documents and agreements executed by the Debtors as

 

45


authorized and directed thereunder and all motions or requests for relief by the Debtors pending before this Court as of the Effective Date shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and their respective successors and assigns.

 

R. Continued Corporate Existence and Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.

112. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each of the Debtors will, as a Reorganized Debtor, continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate legal entity, with all of the powers of such a legal entity under applicable law and without prejudice to any right to alter or terminate such existence (whether by merger, conversion, dissolution or otherwise) under applicable law, and on the Effective Date, all property of the Estate of a Debtor, and any property acquired by a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor under the Plan, will vest in the applicable Reorganized Debtors, free and clear of all Claims, liens, charges, other encumbrances, Interests and other interests.

113. On and after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire and dispose of property and compromise or settle any claims without supervision or approval by this Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, other than those restrictions expressly imposed by the Plan or this Confirmation Order.

 

S. Directors and Officers of Reorganized Debtors.

114. As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the board of directors of the Debtors shall expire, and the New Board and the officers and directors of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be appointed in accordance with the Plan, the New Organizational Documents, and other constituent documents of each Reorganized Debtor.

115. Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors have, to the extent known and reasonably practicable, disclosed in advance of the Confirmation Hearing the

 

46


identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to serve on the New Board, as well as those Persons that will serve as an officer of the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent any such director or officer is an “insider” under the Bankruptcy Code, the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director or officer has also been disclosed to the extent reasonably practicable. Each such director and officer shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtors.

 

T. Management Incentive Plan.

116. On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the Debtors shall adopt the Management Incentive Plan. The Management Incentive Plan shall provide for ten percent of the New Common Stock contemplated herein, on a fully diluted basis, to be issued to management of the Reorganized Debtors on or after the Effective Date, solely at the discretion of the New Board and on terms to be determined by the New Board (including with respect to allocation, timing, and structure of such issuance and the Management Incentive Plan).

 

U. Release of Liens.

117. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Exit Facility Documents, or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns, in each case, without any further approval or order of the Court and without any action or Filing being required to be made by the Debtors.

 

47


V. Injunctions and Automatic Stay.

118. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or this Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in these Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or this Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or this Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

W. Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements.

119. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date: (a) all notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents evidencing Claims or Interests, including credit agreements and indentures, shall be cancelled and the obligations of the Debtors and any non-Debtor affiliate thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be deemed satisfied in full, cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect; and (b) the obligations of the Debtors pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the shares, certificates, notes, bonds, purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors (except such agreements, certificates, notes, or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to the Plan) shall be deemed satisfied in full, released, and discharged.

 

48


X. Securities Law Exemption.

120. Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the offering, issuance, and distribution of the New Common Stock issued to holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims, the Rights Offering Shares, the shares of New Common Stock issued to the Backstop Parties as the Backstop Fee, the New Warrants and the shares of New Common Stock underlying the New Warrants (as applicable) (collectively, the “ 1145 Securities ”), as contemplated by Article III.B of the Plan and Article XII.A of the Disclosure Statement, shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable state or federal law requiring registration and/or prospectus delivery or qualification prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of Securities. In addition, under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, such 1145 Securities will be freely tradable in the U.S. by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments and subject to any restrictions in the Reorganized Debtors’ New Organizational Documents.

121. The Debtors submit that the issuance of all unsubscribed shares under the Rights Offering would not be exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and are instead issuable upon the exemption from registration provided under section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

Y. Cooperation by the DTC.

122. The DTC, and any participants and intermediaries, shall fully cooperate and facilitate distributions, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan.

 

49


123. The DTC shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and this Confirmation Order in lieu of legal opinion regarding whether any of the New Common Stock (including the Rights Offering Shares) and/or the New Warrants, as applicable, are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book entry delivery, settlement and depository services.

 

Z. Section 1146 Exemption.

124. Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers of property pursuant hereto shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, stamp act, real estate transfer tax, sale or use tax, mortgage recording tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of this Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents pursuant to such transfers of property without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment.

 

AA. Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims.

125. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, from and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court, pay in Cash the reasonable legal, professional, or other fees and expenses incurred by the Debtors. Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court. In addition, the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) are authorized to pay any and all professional fees as contemplated by and in accordance with the Plan.

 

50


BB. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions upon Confirmation.

126. Notwithstanding the possible applicability of Bankruptcy Rules 6004(g), 7062, 9014, or otherwise, the terms and conditions of this Confirmation Order shall be effective and enforceable immediately upon its entry. Each term and provision of the Plan, and the transactions related thereto as it heretofore may have been altered or interpreted by the Court is: (a) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (b) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified except as provided by the Plan or this Confirmation Order; and (c) nonseverable and mutually dependent.

 

CC. Waiver or Estoppel.

127. Each holder of a Claim or Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, secured, or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel (or any other Entity), if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or papers Filed with the Court before the Confirmation Date.

 

DD. Authorization to Consummate.

128. The Debtors are authorized to consummate the Plan, including the Restructuring Transactions contemplated thereby, at any time after the entry of this Confirmation Order subject to satisfaction or waiver (by the required parties) of the conditions precedent to Consummation set forth in Article IX of the Plan. The substantial consummation of the Plan, within the meaning of sections 1101(2) and 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, is deemed to occur on the first date, on or after the Effective Date, on which distributions are made in accordance with the terms of the Plan to holders of any Allowed Claims or Interests (as applicable).

 

51


EE. Assumption and Cure of Executory Contracts.

129. The provisions governing the treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases set forth in Article V of the Plan (including the procedures regarding the resolution of any and all disputes concerning the assumption or rejection, as applicable, of such Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) shall be, and hereby are, approved in their entirety. For the avoidance of doubt, on the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases will be deemed rejected in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, subject to the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors other than those Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that: (a) previously were assumed or rejected by the Debtors; (b) are identified on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (c) are the subject of a motion to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Confirmation Date; (d) are subject to a motion to assume an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such assumption is after the Effective Date; (e) are the subject of Article IV.O of the Plan; or (f) is one of the following types of agreements, all of which shall be deemed assumed even if not identified by clauses (a)-(e) above, unless specifically identified as rejected under the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases: (i) confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, (ii) customer agreements, (iii) software license agreements and affiliated contracts, (iv) intercompany agreements and arrangements, and (v) alternative dispute resolution agreements; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Confirmation Order or the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve and are hereby granted the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases and the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases identified in Article V of the

 

52


Plan and in the Plan Supplement at any time through and including 45 days after the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, and to the extent not already identified on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, for the purposes of this Confirmation Order all of Debtors’ executory contracts with Oracle America, Inc. shall be categorized as falling within (f)(iii) above, and therefore deemed assumed in accordance with Article V of the Plan, subject to payment of the applicable cure. Subject to the foregoing, this Confirmation Order constitutes approval of such deemed rejections and the assumption or rejection of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases and the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, as applicable, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Unless otherwise specified on a schedule to the Plan or notice sent to a given party, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease listed or to be listed thereon shall include any and all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements and other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument or other document that in any manner affects such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, without regard to whether such agreement, instrument or other document is listed thereon. For the avoidance of doubt, the assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases between the Debtors and Nabors shall be governed by the terms of the Mediated Settlement Agreement.

130. Unless a party to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease has objected to the Cure Costs identified in the Plan Supplement and any amendments thereto, as applicable, the Debtors shall pay such Cure Costs in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary,

 

53


including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time before the date that the Debtors assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Any disputed Cure Costs shall be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V.C of the Plan, and applicable bankruptcy and nonbankruptcy law.

131. To the extent that any dispute with respect to the amount of any payments to cure any default with respect to any Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan is resolved or determined, including by entry of an order by the Court, in a manner that is not acceptable to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may reject the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease within 20 days after such resolution or determination by filing and serving upon the counterparty to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease a notice of rejection. Upon service of such notice of rejection, such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed to be rejected without the need for further action or an order from the Court, and such counterparty may thereafter file a proof of claim in the manner set forth in Article V.C of the Plan

132. Unless otherwise agreed, the Debtors will not assume, cure, or otherwise treat, nor be deemed to reject, any contract pursuant to this Confirmation Order that is the subject of an outstanding objection to a proposed assumption or cure amount (an “ Assumption Objection ”) at the time of entry of this Confirmation Order. All outstanding Assumption Objections will be heard at the omnibus hearing scheduled for January 19, 2017, at 2:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time), or another hearing that is convenient to the Court and the parties. Unless otherwise agreed, the Debtors will not assume any contract that is the subject of an Assumption Objection

 

54


prior to the Assumption Objection being consensually resolved or the Court having made a determination on the Assumption Objection. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, the Debtors shall not be entitled to remove the Supply Agreement with Unimin dated July 1, 2015 from the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, provided that the Debtors receive payment from Unimin of an amount, mutually agreed upon in writing, no later than three business days subsequent to the Effective Date.

 

FF. Provisions Regarding Certain Governmental Unit Liabilities.

133. Nothing in this Confirmation Order or the Plan discharges, releases, precludes, or enjoins: (a) any liability to any Governmental Unit that is not a Claim; (b) any Claim of a Governmental Unit arising on or after the Effective Date; (c) any police or regulatory liability to a Governmental Unit on the part of any Person as the owner, permittee, or operator of property after the Effective Date; or (d) any liability to a Governmental Unit on the part of any Person other than the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors. Nor shall anything in this Confirmation Order or the Plan enjoin or otherwise bar a Governmental Unit from asserting or enforcing, outside this Court, any liability described in the preceding sentence. Nor shall anything in this Confirmation Order or the Plan divest any tribunal of any jurisdiction to adjudicate any claim, liability, or defense described in this paragraph 133 of this Confirmation Order.

134. Notwithstanding any provision in this Confirmation Order or the Plan to the contrary: (a) nothing in this Confirmation Order or the Plan shall release, discharge, enjoin, or preclude the exercise of any right of setoff or recoupment by any Governmental Unit, (b) no Governmental Unit is required to file a request for the payment of an expense described in 11 U.S.C. § 503(b)(1)(B) or (C) as a condition of it being an Allowed Administrative Expense, and (c) the Internal Revenue Service may pursue all ordinary course collection remedies after the

 

55


Effective Date, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and applicable non-bankruptcy law. To the extent the United States’ Priority Tax Claims, if any, are not paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date, such Priority Tax Claims shall, at a minimum, be paid by regular, quarterly installment payments in Cash over a period not to exceed five years after the date of the order for relief under section 301 of the Bankruptcy Code, all as required by 11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(9)(C).

 

GG. Provisions Regarding Certain Taxing Entities.

135. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Confirmation Order or the Plan: (a) any outstanding ad valorem tax claims (collectively, the “ Tax Claims ”) owed by the Debtors to certain political subdivisions of the state of Texas that Filed objections to Confirmation (collectively, the “ Taxing Entities ”) shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as is reasonably practicable thereafter along with interest in accordance with sections 511, 506(b), and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, as applicable, if not paid before 30 days after the Effective Date; and (b) to the extent such entities are entitled to such liens, the Taxing Entities shall retain any tax liens until the applicable Tax Claims are paid in full in accordance with applicable Texas state law. In the event of a default in payment of the Tax Claims as provided for herein, the affected Taxing Entity shall send written notice of default to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and their counsel. If such default is not cured within 30 days after such notice of default is mailed, the affected Taxing Entity may proceed with Texas state law remedies for collection of any amounts due. The Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ (as applicable) rights and defenses under Texas state law and the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the foregoing are fully preserved.

 

HH. Provisions Regarding Certain Class Action Plaintiffs.

136. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Confirmation Order or the Plan: (a) the cancellation of the C&J Common Stock pursuant to the Plan shall not impair or otherwise

 

56


affect any rights of any plaintiff in City of Miami General Employees’ and Sanitation Employees’ Retirement Trust v. Comstock, C.A. No. 9980-CB (Del. Ch.) (the “ Delaware Action ”), with respect to pursuing any claims against defendants in the Delaware Action other than the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates; and (b) with respect to any claim asserted by any plaintiff in the Delaware Action, nothing in this Confirmation Order or the Plan discharges, releases, or enjoins the pursuit of former directors, officers, executives, and financial advisors of C&J Energy, as well as Nabors Industries Ltd., as defendants in the Delaware Action, including entering into or enforcing any settlement with such parties or judgment obtained against such parties in connection with or relating to the Delaware Action involving any applicable insurance policy (including any Side A coverage of any directors and officers liability insurance policy available to such parties) or the proceeds thereof.

137. For the avoidance of doubt, the Released Parties (other than former directors, officers, executives, and financial advisors of C&J Energy, as well as Nabors Industries Ltd., as defendants in the Delaware Action) shall be discharged and released from any claim related to the Delaware Action and the plaintiffs in the Delaware Action shall be enjoined from pursuing any of the Released Parties (other than former directors, officers, executives, and financial advisors of C&J Energy, as well as Nabors Industries Ltd., as defendants in the Delaware Action) from any claims or liability related to the Delaware Action.

 

II. Provisions Regarding Chevron.

138. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, this Confirmation Order, or any other order entered in these Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors’ agreements with Chevron (defined below), including, without limitation, (a) the Blanket Service Agreement, No. 99005099, dated as of October 2, 2001 (the “ 2001 Agreement ”), (b) the North America Master Services Agreement No. CW1342852 for Onshore Drilling Services, dated March 27, 2015 (the

 

57


2015 Agreement ”) and (c) any document or instrument referred to or contemplated by either of the foregoing (all the Debtors’ agreements with Chevron, including without limitation, the 2001 Agreement and the 2015 Agreement, collectively, the “ Chevron Agreements ”) shall be deemed assumed upon entry of this Confirmation Order with the consent of Chevron. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors (including, as applicable, Reorganized C&J Energy, C&J Energy Services Ltd., and/or any other entity that may be formed pursuant to the Plan) shall continue to have and perform the obligations under the Chevron Agreements in accordance with their terms.

139. It is expressly intended by the Debtors, and confirmed and ordered by this Court, that nothing in, about or related to these Chapter 11 Cases (including the confirmation of the Plan and the entry of the Confirmation Order) shall prevent Chevron from maintaining, asserting or pursuing any right or claim against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (including, as applicable, Reorganized C&J Energy, C&J Energy Services Ltd., and/or any other entity that may be formed pursuant to the Plan) arising under the Chevron Agreements, including but not limited to rights or claims related to (a) contribution, indemnity, subrogation, recovery for breach or default, or similar right, arising under the Chevron Agreements, whether arising from or related to conduct or actions (or inactions) prior to or after the Petition Date, or (b) liability for regulatory, environmental, reclamation, restoration, remediation, operational, health or safety claims or obligations under any federal, state, local or other Law, to the extent the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are liable for such obligations under the terms of the Chevron Agreements.

140. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Debtors acknowledge their indemnity and related obligations to Chevron in connection with the litigation proceeding currently pending against Chevron U.S.A. Inc. and other Chevron entities (among others) in the

 

58


District Court of Crane County, Texas, styled Fincher v. Plains All American Pipeline, L.P., et al. (Cause No. 6382) (the “ Fincher Litigation ”), and it is expressly intended by the Debtors that their obligations to Chevron arising out of, related to, or in connection with the Fincher Litigation are preserved, and that Chevron’s rights and claims arising out of, related to, or in connection with the Fincher Litigation are unimpaired by the Plan or these Chapter 11 Cases, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, this Confirmation Order, or any other order entered in these Chapter 11 Cases; provided , however , that nothing in this paragraph 140 of this Confirmation Order shall limit or otherwise impair any of the Debtors’ rights or claims (i) related to the Fincher Litigation or (ii) under any agreements with any third party other than Chevron, including with respect to any indemnity and related obligations with respect to the Fincher Litigation.

141. For purposes of paragraphs 138 through 141 of this Confirmation Order, (i) “Law” means any statute, law (including common law), rule, regulation, requirement, ordinance, order, code, ruling, writ, injunction, decree or other official act of or by any court or other governmental unit and (ii) “Chevron” means Chevron U.S.A. Inc. or Chevron Appalachia, LLC, as applicable, and their respective successors in interest or assigns, including with respect to each of the foregoing, their parent entities, all of their Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, and employees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, this Confirmation Order, or any other order entered in these Chapter 11 Cases, nothing in the Plan or this Confirmation Order releases any entity other than the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates from any claim or Cause of Action of Chevron.

 

59


JJ. Provisions Regarding the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts and the Texas Workforce Commission.

142. Notwithstanding any term in the Plan or this Confirmation Order to the contrary: (a) the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts’ (the “ Comptroller ”) and the Texas Workforce Commission’s (the “ TWC ”) setoff rights are preserved under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) to the extent the Comptroller’s or the TWC’s Priority Tax Claims, if any, are not paid in full in cash on the Effective Date, such Priority Tax Claims shall, at a minimum, be paid by regular, monthly installment payments in cash over a period not to exceed five years after the date of the order for relief under section 301 of the Bankruptcy Code, all as required section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, along with interest in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, as applicable; (c) the Chapter 11 Cases shall have no effect on the Comptroller’s or the TWC’s rights as to non-debtor third parties; (d) neither the Comptroller nor the TWC shall be required to file any proofs of claim or requests for payment in the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases for any liability described in section 503(b)(1)(B) and (C) of the Bankruptcy Code and such liabilities shall be determined, resolved, and paid when due under and in accordance with the laws of the state of Texas; and (e) the Comptroller and the TWC may amend any Proof of Claim against any Debtor after the Effective Date without leave of the Court with respect to (i) a pending audit, or (ii) an audit that may be performed, with respect to any pre- or post-petition tax return. In the event of a default in payment of Claims of the Comptroller or the TWC as provided for herein, the Comptroller or the TWC, as applicable, shall send written notice of default to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and their counsel. If such default is not cured within 20 calendar days after such notice of default is mailed, the Comptroller or the TWC, as applicable, may proceed with Texas state law remedies for collection of any amounts due. The Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ (as applicable) rights and defenses under Texas state law and the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the foregoing are fully preserved.

 

60


KK. Provisions Regarding Liberty Mutual Insurance Company.

143. Notwithstanding any other term or provision in the Plan or this Confirmation Order, nothing in the Plan or this Confirmation Order (including any other provision that purports to be preemptory or supervening): (a) will prejudice any of the rights, claims or defenses including with respect to rights of setoff, subrogation or recoupment of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company or its affiliates (“ Liberty ”) or any other Entity (as such term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code) under any insurance policies under which the Debtors, the Debtors’ Estates, the Reorganized Debtors, and/or the Debtors’ representatives seek(s) coverage (the “ Policies ”) or any agreements related to the Policies (together, with the Policies, the “ Insurance Agreements ”); (b) will modify any of the terms, conditions, limitations and/or exclusions contained in the Insurance Agreements; (c) shall be deemed to create any insurance coverage that does not otherwise exist under the terms of the Insurance Agreements, or create any right of action against Liberty or any other Entity that does not otherwise exist under applicable non-bankruptcy law; (d) shall be deemed to prejudice any rights and/or defenses of Liberty or any other Entity in any pending or subsequent litigation in which Liberty or the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may seek any declaration regarding the nature and/or extent of any insurance coverage under the Insurance Agreements; (e) shall be deemed to alter the continuing duties and obligations of any insured or Liberty under the Insurance Agreements; (f) shall be construed as an acknowledgement that the Insurance Agreements cover or otherwise apply to any claims or that any claims are eligible for payment under any of the Insurance Agreements; or (g) will preclude any Insurer from drawing on any letter of credit or cash security issued or provided for Liberty’s benefit or applying amounts therefrom to such claims.

 

61


LL. Provisions Regarding Blue Ribband Holdings Limited.

144. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, neither the Plan nor the Confirmation Order shall release any claims or Causes of Action held by Blue Ribband Holdings Limited and/or Ziad Abu Al-Ragheb against any person or entity, including without limitation C&J International B.V., C&J International Middle East FZCO, and any current and former officer, director or management of C&J International B.V., C&J International Middle East FZCO and the Debtors; provided , however that all pre-Effective Date claims or Causes of Action held by Blue Ribband Holdings Limited and/or Ziad Abu Al-Ragheb, if any, shall be released with respect to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates.

 

MM. Provisions Regarding Hunter S. and Diane Kennedy.

145. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Confirmation Order or the Plan, the personal injury tort claims of Hunter S. and Diane Kennedy are specifically excluded from estimation under Section VII.C of the Plan.

 

NN. Provisions Regarding the Michigan Unemployment Insurance Agency.

146. In the event that the Debtors fail to make any payments due to the Michigan Unemployment Insurance Agency (the “ MUIA ”) on account of an Allowed administrative, secured, or priority tax claim and such failure is not cured within 30 days of the mailing of a written notice of default by the MUIA, the MUIA may exercise all rights and remedies available under applicable non-bankruptcy law for the collection of such Allowed administrative, secured, or priority tax claim or seek appropriate relief in this Court. Any outstanding Allowed administrative, secured, or priority tax claim owed by the Debtors to the MUIA shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as is reasonably practicable thereafter along with interest in accordance with sections 511, 506(b), and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, as applicable, if not paid before 30 days after the Effective Date.

 

62


OO. Provisions Regarding the Louisiana Department of Revenue.

147. Notwithstanding any term in the Plan or this Confirmation Order to the contrary: (a) the Louisiana Department of Revenues’ (the “ LDR ”) setoff rights are preserved under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) the LDR shall not be required to file any proofs of claim or requests for payment in the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases for any liability described in section 503(b)(1)(B) and (C) of the Bankruptcy Code; (c) to the extent the LDR’s Priority Tax Claims, if any, are not paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date, such Priority Tax Claims shall, at a minimum, be paid by regular, quarterly installment payments in Cash over a period not to exceed five years after the date of the order for relief under section 301 of the Bankruptcy Code, all as required section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, along with interest in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, as applicable; (d) the Chapter 11 Cases shall have no effect on the LDR’s rights as to non-Debtor third parties; (e) Article VII.C of the Plan shall not apply to any Claims of the LDR; and (f) the LDR may amend any Proof of Claim against any Debtor after the Effective Date with respect to (i) a pending audit, or (ii) an audit that may be performed, with respect to any pre- or post-petition tax return. In the event of a default in payment of Claims of the LDR as provided for herein, the LDR shall send written notice of default to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and their counsel. If such default is not cured within 30 days after such notice of default is mailed, the LDR may proceed with Louisiana state law remedies for collection of any amounts due. The Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ (as applicable) rights and defenses under Louisiana state law and the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the foregoing are fully preserved. For the avoidance of doubt “quarterly payments,” as used in this paragraph 147 of this Confirmation Order, shall coincide with each March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 that is at least 15 days after (y) the Effective Date or (z) the last date of the month in which the applicable Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim, whichever is later.

 

63


PP. Provisions Regarding the Mississippi Department of Revenue.

148. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Confirmation Order to the contrary: (a) the Mississippi Department of Revenues’ (the “ MDOR ”) setoff rights under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code and recoupment rights are preserved; (b) the MDOR shall not be required to file any proofs of claim or requests for payment in the Chapter 11 Cases for any Administrative Claims for the liabilities described in section 503(b)(1)(B) and (C) of the Bankruptcy Code (collectively, the “ MDOR 503(b) Liabilities ”), (c) the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall timely submit returns for and remit payment of any MDOR 503(b) Liabilities in accordance with applicable Mississippi state law, (d) should the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors fail to timely file returns for and remit payment of any MDOR 503(b) Liabilities, the MDOR may proceed with Mississippi state law remedies for collection of such MDOR 503(b) Liabilities due and/or seek such relief as may be available from the Court (subject to Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ (as applicable) rights and defenses under Mississippi state law and the Bankruptcy Code); (e) to the extent the MDOR’s Priority Tax Claims, if any, are not paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date, such Priority Tax Claims shall, at a minimum, be paid by regular, quarterly installment payments in Cash over a period not to exceed five years after the date of the order for relief under section 301 of the Bankruptcy Code, all as required section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, along with interest in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, as applicable; (f) the Chapter 11 Cases shall have no effect on the MDOR’s rights as to non-Debtor third parties; (g) the deadline for the MDOR to timely file Proofs of Claim is the later of (i) the applicable Governmental Unit bar date as established by prior order of the Court or (ii) the Effective Date; and (h) the MDOR may

 

64


timely amend any Proof of Claim against any Debtor after January 17, 2017, or the Effective Date, whichever is later, with respect to (i) a pending audit, or (ii) an audit that may be performed, with respect to any pre- or post-petition tax return.

149. In the event of a default in payment of Priority Tax Claims of the MDOR as provided for herein, the MDOR shall send written notice of default to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable (to the address in MDOR’s records) and to their counsel. If such default is not cured within 15 business days after such notice of default is mailed, the MDOR may (a) enforce the entire amount of its claim; (b) proceed with Mississippi state law remedies for collection of any amounts due; and/or (c) seek such relief as may be available from the Court. The MDOR’s, the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ (as applicable) respective rights and defenses under Mississippi state law and the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the foregoing are fully preserved.

150. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Confirmation Order or the Plan shall affect or relieve the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to timely submit returns and remit payment for all taxes due or coming due under applicable Mississippi state law after the Effective Date, in accordance therewith.

 

QQ. Provisions Regarding Harold Rose, Jr. and Harold Rose, III.

151. Nothing in the Plan or this Confirmation Order shall preclude or prejudice Harold Rose, Jr. and Harold Rose, III (the “ Rose Creditors ”) from seeking and/or obtaining a judgment and/or recovery from the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors solely to the extent of available insurance coverage and any proceeds thereof, if any; provided that the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall only be nominal defendants in any such proceeding and shall not be personally liable to pay the Rose Creditors in any way whatsoever for any judgment or recovery awarded in any such proceeding. Debtors acknowledge that the Rose Creditors have filed a

 

65


motion to modify the automatic stay in order to litigate their personal injury claims to final judgment and thus liquidate their claims, and all parties reserve their rights with respect to that motion. Nothing in this provision shall be deemed consent by the Rose Creditors to the Bankruptcy Court’s jurisdiction over their personal injury claims, and the Rose Creditors hereby reserve all rights to object to the Bankruptcy Court’s jurisdiction over such claims.

 

RR. Provisions Regarding Eli Leal.

152. Nothing in the Plan or this Confirmation Order shall preclude or prejudice Eli Leal (“ Leal ”) from seeking and/or obtaining a judgment and/or recovery against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors and prosecuting the pending state court lawsuit to final judgment ; provided that the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall only be nominal parties in any such proceedings; and provided further that Leal may only collect any claim, settlement or judgment entered against any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors solely out of any available insurance proceeds, and the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall not be personally liable to pay Leal in any way whatsoever for any judgment or recovery awarded in any such proceeding. Debtors acknowledge that Leal has filed a motion to modify the automatic stay and discharge injunction in order to litigate his personal injury claims to final judgment and thus liquidate his claims, and all parties reserve their rights with respect to that motion. Nothing in this provision shall be deemed consent by Leal to the Bankruptcy Court’s jurisdiction over his personal injury claims, and Leal hereby reserves all rights to object to the Bankruptcy Court’s jurisdiction over such claims.

 

SS. Provisions Regarding Reliance Well Services, LLC.

153. For the avoidance of doubt, Reliance Well Services, LLC’s postpetition Claims and Causes of Action are preserved and not expunged, disallowed, or precluded by the Plan or Confirmation Order;  provided , that any Administrative Claims shall be administered in accordance with the Plan and prior orders of the Court and subject to the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ rights and defenses related thereto.

 

66


TT. Provisions Regarding the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants.

154. The Reorganized Debtors shall hold the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants that are treated as part of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool until such time as they are issued in accordance with this Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Warrant Agreement. The Reorganized Debtors shall hold the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants solely for the benefit of the entity ( i.e. , the liquidating trust) created under the Unsecured Creditor Agreement (and the beneficiaries thereof), and the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants shall not be transferred (other than as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion), pledged to, or otherwise encumbered by any third parties. The Reorganized Debtors shall take all actions necessary to ensure that the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants remain unpledged, unencumbered and available at all times for issuance as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion, pursuant to this Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Warrant Agreement.

155. The Unsecured Claims Representative shall provide written notice to the Reorganized Debtors of his, her, or its intent to seek issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants as far in advance of the date of issuance as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than three (3) business days prior to the date of issuance requested in the written notice. Upon receipt of written notice by the Unsecured Claims Representative of his, her, or its intent to seek issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants on the date specified in such written notice, the Reorganized Debtors shall immediately begin taking all actions necessary to be in a position to issue the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants on the requested date. The Reorganized Debtors shall issue the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants as directed by the Unsecured Claims

 

67


Representative in his, her or its sole discretion on the requested issuance date or such other time as may be agreed by the Unsecured Claims Representative. The Unsecured Claims Representative may, but is not required to, seek issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool and/or directly to any third party purchasers (not to exceed 10 parties in the event that the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants are to be issued by the Reorganized Debtors directly to third parties) transacting with the Unsecured Claims Representative to acquire all or a portion of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants. Any direct issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to any third party purchaser, as described above, shall be treated as if the Reorganized Debtors issued the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to the liquidating trust created under the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and then as if the liquidating trust assigned the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to such third party. Except as provided for in the Plan and the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, the Reorganized Debtors shall not have any right to or interest in any consideration, including without limitation, cash proceeds, received by the Unsecured Claims Representative in exchange for issuance and monetization of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to any third parties, as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion.

156. To the extent the Reorganized Debtors or the Unsecured Claims Representative fails to abide by the terms of this Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, or the Warrant Agreement, as concerns the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants, the Reorganized Debtors or the Unsecured Claims Representative, as applicable, are hereby authorized to immediately exercise all of their, his, her, or its legal rights, including without limitation, filing suit against the Reorganized Debtors or Unsecured Claims Representative or other parties in the Bankruptcy Court, which shall retain exclusive jurisdiction, or take such other actions that the Unsecured Claims Representative or the Reorganized Debtors believe necessary in their, his, her, or its sole discretion.

 

68


UU. Provisions Regarding Certain Tax Disclosures.

157. Article XIII.C.3 of the Disclosure Statement is hereby struck in its entirety and replaced with the following language:

 

  3. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Allowed Class 6 Claims

 

  (a) Transfers to Liquidating Trust .

Except to the extent otherwise provided under the Plan and the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and subject to the treatment of the Disputed Claims Reserve, the entity created under the Unsecured Creditor Agreement is intended to be treated as a “liquidating trust” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 301.7701-4(d) (the “ Liquidating Trust ”) and to comply with the general criteria set forth in Revenue Procedure 94-45, 1994-2 C.B. 684. Further, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and for purposes of all state, local and other jurisdictions to the extent applicable), the Liquidating Trust is intended be treated as a grantor trust pursuant to sections 671–677 of the Tax Code, or any successor provisions thereof, with the Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in Class 6 under the Plan being treated as the grantors and the beneficiaries (the “ Beneficiaries ”) of their respective shares of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool. The assets of the Liquidating Trust (the “ Liquidating Trust Assets ”) shall consist of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool (as defined in the Plan), composed of: (i) the Unsecured Creditor Cash Pool (as defined in the Plan); and (ii) the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants (or the proceeds thereof, solely to the extent issued to the Liquidating Trust in accordance with the provisions hereof). As discussed below, a liquidating trust is not subject to tax but instead the grantors of the trust recognize the income of the trust in accordance with their interests, whether or not such income is actually distributed.

For all United States federal income tax purposes, among other purposes, the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, the Beneficiaries, and the Unsecured Claims Representative must treat the transfer of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool to the Liquidating Trust as (i) a transfer by each Debtor of the Liquidating Trust Assets (subject to any obligations relating to those assets) directly to the Beneficiaries in full satisfaction of the holders’ Class 6 General Unsecured Claims against the Reorganized Debtors followed by (ii) the transfer by such Beneficiaries to the Liquidating Trust of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool in exchange for such Beneficiaries’ respective interest in the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool. Accordingly, the Beneficiaries are intended to be treated for United States federal income tax purposes as the grantors and owners of their

 

69


respective share of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool. The foregoing treatment shall also apply, to the extent permitted by applicable law, for all state, provincial, territorial and local income tax purposes, and the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Beneficiaries, and the Unsecured Claims Representative must treat the transfers consistently with that intent. The Liquidating Trust is not intended to be treated as a successor in interest of the Reorganized Debtors for any purpose.

As soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date, (i) the Unsecured Claims Representative will determine the fair market value of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool (other than Cash) as of the Effective Date, based on a good faith determination and the advice of any professionals retained by the Unsecured Claims Representative for such purpose, and (ii) the Unsecured Claims Representative shall notify the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Beneficiaries of such valuation. Such valuation must be utilized by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Unsecured Claims Representative, and the Beneficiaries for all U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The transfer of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool to the Liquidating Trust should be treated, under section 1001 of the Tax Code, as a taxable exchange of the Class 6 General Unsecured Claims for the consideration composing the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool. A U.S. Holder should recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (1) the sum of the fair market value of the assets composing the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool and (2) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim. The character of such gain or loss as capital gain or loss or as ordinary income or loss will be determined by a number of factors, including the tax status of the U.S. Holder, the nature of the Claim in such U.S. Holder’s hands, whether the Claim was purchased at a discount, and whether and to what extent the U.S. Holder previously has claimed a bad debt deduction with respect to its Claim.

The foregoing discussion assumes that no Allowed General Unsecured Claim is a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each U.S. Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim should consult its own tax advisor as to whether its Claim constitutes a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

  (b) Treatment of Beneficial Interests in Liquidating Trust .

Subject to the treatment of the Disputed Claims Reserve, no tax should be imposed on the Liquidating Trust on earnings generated by the assets held by the Liquidating Trust. Instead, each holder of an interest in the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool must report on its federal income tax return its allocable share of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit, if any, recognized or incurred by the Liquidating Trust. Given the intended treatment of the Liquidating Trust as a grantor trust, each Beneficiary has an obligation to report its share of the Liquidating Trust’s tax items such as gain on the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, if any, which is not dependent on

 

70


the distribution of any cash or other asset from the Liquidating Trust to any Beneficiary. Accordingly, a holder of an interest in the Liquidating Trust may incur a tax liability on gain or income, if any, that is recognized with respect to such Beneficiary’s interest in the Liquidating Trust, regardless of whether the Liquidating Trust distributes cash or other assets.

Other than with respect to the Disputed Claims Reserve, allocations of taxable income with respect to the Liquidating Trust shall be determined by reference to the manner in which an amount of cash equal to such taxable income would be distributed (without regard to any restriction on distributions described herein) if, immediately prior to such deemed distribution, the entity created hereunder had distributed all of its other assets (valued for this purpose at their tax book value) to the Beneficiaries, taking into account all prior and concurrent distributions from the entity created hereunder. Similarly, taxable losses of the entity created hereunder will be allocated by reference to the manner in which an economic loss would be borne immediately after a liquidating distribution of the remaining assets. The tax book value of the assets for this purpose shall equal their fair market value on the Effective Date or, if later, the date such assets were acquired by the assets, adjusted in either case in accordance with tax accounting principles prescribed by the applicable Tax Code provisions, the Treasury Regulations and other applicable administrative and judicial authorities and pronouncements.

The character of items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to any holder of an interest in the Liquidating Trust, and the ability of such holder to benefit from any deductions or losses, may depend on the particular circumstances or status of the holder. Taxable income or loss allocated to a Beneficiary should be treated as income or loss with respect to such Beneficiary’s interest in the Liquidating Trust Assets, and not as income or loss with respect to such Beneficiary’s Claim against the Debtors.

 

  (c) Tax Compliance .

The Unsecured Claims Representative shall be liable to prepare and provide to, or file with, the appropriate taxing authorities and other required parties such notices, tax returns and other filings, including all federal, state and local tax returns for the Liquidating Trust, as may be required under the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan, or by other applicable law, including, if required under applicable law, notices required to report interest or dividend income.

The Unsecured Claims Representative will file tax returns pursuant to Treasury Regulations section 1.671-4(a) on the basis that Liquidating Trust is a grantor trust that is a “liquidating trust” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-4(d) and related regulations. As soon as reasonably practicable after the close of each calendar year, the Unsecured Claims Representative will send each affected Beneficiary a statement setting forth such Beneficiary’s share of the Liquidating Trust’s income, gain, deduction, loss and credit for the year and will instruct the holder to report all such items on its tax return for such year and pay any tax due with respect thereto.

 

71


The Unsecured Claims Representative shall be responsible for payment, solely out of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, of any taxes imposed on the Liquidating Trust or the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

 

  (d) Treatment of Disputed Claims Reserve .

Subject to definitive guidance from the IRS or a court of competent jurisdiction to the contrary (including the receipt by the Unsecured Claims Representative of a private letter ruling if the Unsecured Claims Representative so requests one, or the receipt of an adverse determination by the IRS upon audit if not contested), the Unsecured Claims Representative shall (i) timely elect to treat the Disputed Claims Reserve as a “disputed ownership fund” governed by Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-9, and (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable law, report consistently with the foregoing for applicable state, provincial, territorial, non-U.S., and local income tax purposes.

Accordingly, with respect to the Disputed Claims Reserve, a separate federal income tax return shall be filed by the Unsecured Claims Representative, and any taxes imposed with respect to the Disputed Claims Reserve shall be paid by the Unsecured Claims Representative out of the assets of the Disputed Claims Reserve. To the extent property is transferred to the Disputed Claims Reserve, although not free from doubt, a U.S. Holder of a Claim against the Debtors whose recovery is funded from the Disputed Claims Reserve should not recognize any gain or loss on the date that the property is transferred to the Disputed Claims Reserve. Instead, gain or loss should be recognized by such U.S. Holder when and to the extent property is actually distributed to such U.S. Holder, calculated as if such property was distributed directly to such U.S. Holder by the Debtors (or Reorganized Debtors).

 

VV. Dissolution of the Creditors’ Committee.

158. Except to the extent provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date and upon the appointment of the Unsecured Claims Representative, the Creditors’ Committee shall dissolve, and the members of the Creditors’ Committee and their respective officers, employees, counsel, advisors and agents shall be released and discharged from further authority, duties, responsibilities and obligations related to and arising from and in connection with these Chapter 11 Cases; provided, however , that following the Effective Date the Creditors’ Committee shall continue in existence and have standing and a right to be heard solely to pursue Professional Fee

 

72


Claims in accordance with Article II.D of the Plan. Following the completion of the remaining duties of the Creditors’ Committee set forth above, the retention or employment of the Creditors’ Committee’s respective attorneys, accountants and other agents shall terminate. The Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the members of or advisors to the Creditors’ Committee after the Effective Date.

 

WW. Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to the Effective Date.

159. Notwithstanding the entry of this Confirmation Order, if the Effective Date does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall: (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or Claims against or Interests in the Debtors; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any holders of a Claim or Interest, or any other Entity; or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any holders, or any other Entity in any respect.

 

XX. Waiver of 14-Day Stay.

160. Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e), this Confirmation Order is effective immediately and not subject to any stay.

 

YY. Post-Confirmation Modification of the Plan.

161. The Debtors are hereby authorized to amend or modify the Plan at any time prior to the substantial consummation of the Plan, but only in accordance with section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, without further order of this Court.

 

ZZ. Final Order.

162. This Confirmation Order is a Final Order and the period in which an appeal must be filed will commence upon entry of this Confirmation Order.

 

Dated: December 16, 2016      

/s/ David R. Jones

Houston, Texas      

THE HONORABLE DAVID R. JONES

CHIEF UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY JUDGE

 

73


Exhibit A

Plan


IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

 

 

   §   
In re:    §    Chapter 11
   §   
CJ HOLDING CO., et al. , 1    §    Case No. 16-33590 (DRJ)
   §   

Debtors.

   §    (Jointly Administered)

 

   §   

SECOND AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (AS MODIFIED) OF CJ HOLDING

COMPANY, ET AL. , PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

 

 

Stephen Thomas Schwarzbach Jr. (Texas Bar No. 24079288)    Bernard Given II (Texas Bar No. 07990180)
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP    Lance Jurich (admitted pro hac vice )
600 Travis Street, Suite 3300    LOEB & LOEB LLP
Houston, Texas 77002    10100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 2200
Telephone: (713) 835-3600    Los Angeles, California 90067
Facsimile:  (713) 835-3601    Telephone: (310) 282-2000
   Facsimile: (310) 282-2200
- and -   
James H.M. Sprayregen, P.C.   
Marc Kieselstein, P.C. (admitted pro hac vice )   
Chad J. Husnick (admitted pro hac vice )   
Emily E. Geier (admitted pro hac vice )   
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP   
300 North LaSalle   
Chicago, Illinois 60654   
Telephone: (312) 862-2000   
Facsimile:  (312) 862-2200   

Co-Counsel to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession

Dated: December 15, 2016

 

 

1   The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number (if any), are: CJ Holding Co. (4586); Blue Ribbon Technology Inc. (6338); C&J Corporate Services (Bermuda) Ltd.; C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd.; C&J Energy Services, Inc. (3219); C&J Energy Services Ltd.; C&J Spec-Rent Services, Inc. (0712); C&J VLC, LLC (9989); C&J Well Services Inc. (5684); ESP Completion Technologies LLC (4615); KVS Transportation, Inc. (2415); Mobile Data Technologies Ltd.; Tellus Oilfield Inc. (2657); Tiger Cased Hole Services Inc. (7783); and Total E&S, Inc. (5351). The location of the Debtors’ service address is 3990 Rogerdale, Houston, Texas 77042.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

     1   

A.

 

Defined Terms

     1   

B.

 

Rules of Interpretation

     13   

C.

 

Computation of Time

     14   

D.

 

Governing Law

     14   

E.

 

Reference to Monetary Figures

     14   

F.

 

Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

     14   

G.

 

Controlling Document

     14   

ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

     15   

A.

 

Administrative Claims

     15   

B.

 

DIP Facility Claims

     15   

C.

 

Payment of Fees and Expenses Under DIP Orders or RSA

     16   

D.

 

Professional Fee Claims

     16   

E.

 

Priority Tax Claims

     17   

ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

     17   

A.

 

Classification of Claims and Interests

     17   

B.

 

Treatment of Claims and Interests

     18   

C.

 

Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

     22   

D.

 

Elimination of Vacant Classes

     22   

E.

 

Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

     22   

F.

 

Intercompany Interests

     22   

G.

 

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

     23   

H.

 

Controversy Concerning Impairment

     23   

I.

 

Subordinated Claims

     23   

ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

     23   

A.

 

General Settlement of Claims and Interests

     23   

B.

 

Restructuring Transactions

     24   

C.

 

Reorganized Debtors

     24   

D.

 

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

     24   

E.

 

Corporate Existence

     25   

F.

 

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors and Unsecured Claims Representative

     25   

G.

 

Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements

     26   

H.

 

Corporate Action

     26   

I.

 

New Organizational Documents

     27   

J.

 

Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors

     27   

K.

 

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

     27   

L.

 

Section 1146 Exemption

     27   

M.

 

Director and Officer Liability Insurance

     28   

N.

 

Management Incentive Program

     28   

O.

 

Employee and Retiree Benefits

     28   

P.

 

Preservation of Causes of Action

     28   

ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

     29   

A.

 

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     29   

B.

 

Indemnification Obligations

     30   

C.

 

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

     30   

D.

 

Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed

     30   

E.

 

Preexisting Obligations to the Debtors under Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     31   

F.

 

Insurance Policies

     31   

 

i


G.

 

Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

     31   

H.

 

Reservation of Rights

     32   

I.

 

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

     32   

J.

 

Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date

     32   

ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

     32   

A.

 

Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed

     32   

B.

 

Disbursing Agent

     32   

C.

 

Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

     33   

D.

 

Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

     33   

E.

 

Manner of Payment

     34   

F.

 

Distributions to Holders of Class 6 General Unsecured Claims

     34   

G.

 

Section 1145 Exemption

     37   

H.

 

Compliance with Tax Requirements

     38   

I.

 

Allocations

     38   

J.

 

No Postpetition Interest on Claims

     38   

K.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate

     38   

L.

 

Setoffs and Recoupment

     38   

M.

 

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

     39   

ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

     39   

A.

 

Allowance of Claims

     39   

B.

 

Claims Administration Responsibilities

     39   

C.

 

Estimation of Claims and Interests

     40   

D.

 

Adjustment to Claims or Interests without Objection

     40   

E.

 

Time to File Objections to Claims

     40   

F.

 

Disallowance of Claims or Interests

     40   

G.

 

Amendments to Claims or Interests

     40   

H.

 

No Distributions Pending Allowance

     41   

I.

 

Distributions After Allowance

     41   

ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

     41   

A.

 

Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

     41   

B.

 

Release of Liens

     41   

C.

 

Releases by the Debtors

     42   

D.

 

Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

     42   

E.

 

Exculpation

     43   

F.

 

Injunction

     43   

G.

 

SEC Rights Reserved

     44   

H.

 

Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment

     44   

I.

 

Document Retention

     44   

J.

 

Reimbursement or Contribution

     44   

ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

     45   

A.

 

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

     45   

B.

 

Waiver of Conditions

     46   

C.

 

Effect of Failure of Conditions

     46   

ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

     46   

A.

 

Modification and Amendments

     46   

B.

 

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

     47   

C.

 

Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan

     47   

 

ii


ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     47   

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     49   

A.

 

Immediate Binding Effect

     49   

B.

 

Additional Documents

     49   

C.

 

Payment of Statutory Fees

     49   

D.

 

Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment

     49   

E.

 

Reservation of Rights

     49   

F.

 

Successors and Assigns

     49   

G.

 

Notices

     50   

H.

 

Term of Injunctions or Stays

     50   

I.

 

Entire Agreement

     51   

J.

 

Exhibits

     51   

K.

 

Nonseverability of Plan Provisions

     51   

L.

 

Votes Solicited in Good Faith

     51   

M.

 

Closing of Chapter 11 Cases

     51   

N.

 

Waiver or Estoppel

     52   

O.

 

Conflicts

     52   

 

iii


INTRODUCTION

The Debtors propose this Plan for the resolution of the outstanding claims against and interests in the Debtors pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I.A hereof. Holders of Claims or Interests may refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, businesses, assets, results of operations, historical financial information, and accomplishments during the Chapter 11 Cases, and projections of future operations, as well as a summary and description of the Plan and certain related matters. The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,

COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

 

A. Defined Terms.

As used in this Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below.

1. “ Administrative Claim ” means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Estates under sections 503(b), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date of preserving the Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors; (b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims in the Chapter 11 Cases; and (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1911-1930.

2. “ Administrative Claim Bar Date ” means the deadline for filing requests for payment of Administrative Claims, which shall be 30 days after the Effective Date.

3. “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. With respect to any Person that is not a Debtor, the term “Affiliate” shall apply to such Person as if the Person were a Debtor.

4. “ Allowed ” means, with respect to any Claim, except as otherwise provided in the Plan: (a) a Claim that is evidenced by a Proof of Claim Filed by the Bar Date (or for which Claim under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or pursuant to a Final Order a Proof of Claim is not or shall not be required to be Filed); (b) a Claim that is listed in the Schedules as not contingent, not unliquidated, and not disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim, as applicable, has been timely Filed; or (c) a Claim Allowed pursuant to the Plan or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that with respect to a Claim described in clauses (a) and (b) above, such Claim shall be considered Allowed only if and to the extent that, with respect to such Claim, no objection to the allowance thereof has been interposed by any party in interest within the applicable period of time fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, or the Bankruptcy Court, or such an objection is so interposed and the Claim, as applicable, shall have been Allowed by a Final Order. Any Claim that has been or is hereafter listed in the Schedules as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim is or has been timely Filed, is not considered Allowed and shall be expunged without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval, or order of the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Claim of any Entity subject to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Allowed unless and until such Entity pays in full the amount that it owes such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt: (x) a Proof of Claim Filed after the Bar Date shall not be Allowed for any purposes whatsoever absent entry of a Final Order allowing such late-filed Claim; (y) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the definition of “Allowed” herein and therein incorporates by reference the terms of paragraph 22 of the interim DIP Facility Order and any equivalent provision in any subsequent order approving the DIP motion on a final basis, including that there shall be no requirement that the Credit Agreement Agent or any Lender File a Proof of Claim in respect of any Lender Claim in order for such Lender Claim to be allowed;

 

1


provided , however, that the Credit Agreement Agent is authorized but not directed to file a Master Proof of Claim (as defined in the interim DIP Facility Order) against each of the Debtors; and (z) the Debtors may affirmatively determine to deem Unimpaired Claims Allowed to the same extent such Claims would be allowed under applicable non-bankruptcy law. “Allow” and “Allowing” shall have correlative meanings.

5. “ Avoidance Actions ” means any and all actual or potential Claims and Causes of Action to avoid a transfer of property or an obligation incurred by any of the Debtors pursuant to any applicable section of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553(b), and 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or under similar or related state or federal statutes and common law.

6. “ Backstop Commitment Agreement ” means that certain agreement to be entered into by the Debtors and the Backstop Parties, pursuant to which, among other things, (a) the Backstop Parties shall backstop the Rights Offering, (b) the Backstop Parties shall receive the Backstop Fee and (c) the Rights Offering Shares shall be issued at a price that reflects a discount of 20% to Plan Value ( provided , that Plan Value shall not be greater than $750 million).

7. “ Backstop Fee ” means the commitment premium, approved pursuant to the Confirmation Order, of five percent of the $200 million committed amount payable in New Common Stock (issued at the same price as the Rights Offering Shares) to the Backstop Parties on the Effective Date.

8. “ Backstop Parties ” means certain Supporting Creditors, including certain funds or accounts managed or advised by (a) Ascribe Capital LLC, (b) Blue Mountain Capital Management, LLC, (c) GSO Capital Partners LP, (d) Solus Alternative Asset Management LP, (e) Silver Point Capital L.P., and (f) Symphony Asset Management LLC, that have agreed to backstop the Rights Offering and are signatories to the Backstop Commitment Agreement, solely in their capacities as such.

9. “ Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532.

10. “ Bankruptcy Court ” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas.

11. “ Bankruptcy Rules ” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

12. “ Bar Date ” means the date established by the Bankruptcy Court by which Proofs of Claim must be Filed with respect to such Claims, other than Administrative Claims, Claims held by Governmental Units, or other Claims or Interests for which the Bankruptcy Court entered an order excluding the holders of such Claims or Interests from the requirement of Filing Proofs of Claim.

13. “ Beneficiaries ” means “Beneficiaries,” as such term is defined in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

14. “ Bermuda Act ” means the Companies Act 1981.

15. “ Bermudian Court ” means a court of proper jurisdiction in Bermuda.

16. “ Bermudian Debtors ” means, collectively, C&J Energy and C&J Corporate Services (Bermuda) Ltd.

17. “ Bermudian Proceedings ” means the provisional liquidation proceeding under the Companies Act 1981.

18. “ Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).

 

2


19. “ C&J Common Stock ” means C&J Energy’s authorized and issued common stock outstanding as of the Effective Date.

20. “ C&J Energy ” means C&J Energy Services, Ltd.

21. “ Canadian Court ” means a court of proper jurisdiction in Alberta, Canada.

22. “ Canadian Debtors ” means, collectively, C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd., and Mobile Data Technologies Ltd.

23. “ Canadian Proceedings ” means the ancillary proceedings under Part IV of the CCAA.

24. “ Cash ” means cash and cash equivalents, including bank deposits, checks, and other similar items in legal tender of the United States of America.

25. “ Causes of Action ” means any claims, interests, damages, remedies, causes of action, demands, rights, actions, suits, obligations, liabilities, accounts, defenses, offsets, powers, privileges, licenses, liens, indemnities, guaranties, and franchises of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, contingent or non-contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, assertable, directly or derivatively, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, in contract, tort, law, equity, or otherwise. Causes of Action also include: (a) all rights of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and claims under contracts or for breaches of duties imposed by law; (b) the right to object to or otherwise contest Claims or Interests; (c) claims pursuant to sections 362, 510, 542, 543, 544 through 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (d) such claims and defenses as fraud, mistake, duress, and usury, and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code.

26. “ CCAA ” means the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) R.S.C. 1985, c. C-36 (as amended).

27. “ Challenge Period ” has the meaning set forth in the DIP Facility Order.

28. “ Chapter 11 Cases ” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all the Debtors, the procedurally consolidated chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.

29. “ Claim ” means any claim, as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against any of the Debtors.

30. “ Claims and Balloting Agent ” means Donlin, Recano & Company, the notice, claims, and solicitation agent retained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases by Bankruptcy Court order.

31. “ Claims Register ” means the official register of Claims maintained by the Claims and Balloting Agent.

32. “ Class ” means a class of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III hereof pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

33. “ Class  6 Disputed Claims Reserve ” means a reserve for a portion of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool to be held by the Unsecured Claims Representative for the benefit of the holders of Disputed Claims in Class 6, in an amount equal to the Plan Distributions such holders of Disputed Claims would be entitled to receive on the date the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool is distributed in accordance with Article VI.F of the Plan if such Disputed Claims were Allowed in their full amounts on such date (or, if applicable, the amounts of the Disputed Claims as estimated by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to Article VII.C of the Plan).

 

3


34. “ CM/ECF ” means the Bankruptcy Court’s Case Management and Electronic Case Filing system.

35. “ Committee ” means the official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases [Docket No. 142].

36. “ Company ” means C&J Energy and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

37. “ Confirmation ” means the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, subject to all conditions specified in Article IX.A of the Plan having been (a) satisfied or (b) waived pursuant to Article IX.B of the Plan.

38. “ Confirmation Date ” means the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

39. “ Confirmation Hearing ” means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court on confirmation of the Plan, pursuant to sections 1128 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.

40. “ Confirmation Order ” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

41. “ Consummation ” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.

42. “ Convenience Class  Recovery Pool ” means Cash in an amount not to exceed $2.5 million; provided , however , that any remaining Cash in the Convenience Class Recovery Pool after distributions to holders of Allowed Class 5 Claims shall be transferred to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

43. “ Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2015, by and among C&J Energy, CJ Holding Co., CJ Lux Holdings S.a.r.l., the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Credit Agreement Agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended and restated by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of the same date, as the Waiver and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2015 and as the Third Amendment (Refinancing Amendment) to Credit Agreement dated as of September 29, 2015, and as further modified pursuant to that certain Temporary Limited Waiver Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2016, and the Second Forbearance Agreement).

44. “ Credit Agreement Agent ” means Cortland Capital Market Services LLC, in its capacity as successor administrative agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement Documents, its successors, assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and, as applicable, its predecessor administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A.

45. “ Credit Agreement Documents ” means, collectively, the Credit Agreement, each other Loan Document (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith (including any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, and other security documents).

46. “ Cure Claim ” means a Claim based upon the Debtors’ defaults on an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

4


47. “ Debtors ” means, collectively, each of the following: C&J Energy, C&J Corporate Services (Bermuda) Ltd.; C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd.; U.S. Holdco; Blue Ribbon Technology, Inc.; C&J Energy Services, Inc.; C&J Spec-Rent Services Inc.; C&J VLC, LLC; C&J Well Services Inc., ESP Completion Technologies LLC; KVS Transportation Inc.; Mobile Data Technologies Ltd.; Tellus Oilfield Inc.; Tiger Cased Hole Services, Inc.; and Total E&S, Inc.

48. “ Deficiency Lender Claim ” means a Lender Claim that is not a Secured Claim.

49. “ DIP Facility ” means a senior secured superpriority delayed draw term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $100 million, provided in connection with the DIP Facility Loan Agreement and approved by the Bankruptcy Court on a final basis pursuant to the DIP Facility Order.

50. “ DIP Facility Agent ” means Cortland Capital Market Services LLC, in its capacity as administrative agent under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, its successors, assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the DIP Facility Loan Agreement.

51. “ DIP Facility Claim ” means a Claim held by the DIP Facility Lenders or the DIP Facility Agent arising under or relating to the DIP Facility Loan Agreement or the DIP Facility Order, including any and all fees, interests paid in kind, and accrued but unpaid interest and fees arising under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement.

52. “ DIP Facility Lenders ” means, collectively, (a) the DIP Facility Backstop Lenders and (b) the other Supporting Creditors party to the DIP Facility Loan Agreement that are not DIP Facility Backstop Lenders.

53. “ DIP Facility Backstop Lenders ” means certain of the Supporting Creditors, collectively, in their capacity as backstop lenders party to the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, including (a) Ascribe III Investments, LLC, (b) BLT 13 LLC, (c) Blue Mountain Credit Alternatives Master Fund L.P., (d) Blue Mountain Foinaven Master Fund L.P., (e) Blue Mountain Guadalupe Peak Fund L.P., (f) Blue Mountain Kicking Horse Fund L.P., (g) Blue Mountain Logan Opportunities Master Fund L.P., (h) Blue Mountain Montenvers Master Fund SCA SICAVSIF, (i) Blue Mountain Summit Trading L.P., (j) GSO Capital Solutions Fund II (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l., (k) Sola LTD, (l) Solus Opportunities Fund 5 LP, (m) Ultra Master Ltd, and (n) Solus Opportunities Fund 3 LP.

54. “ DIP Facility Loan Agreement ” means the Superpriority Secured Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement dated as of July 29, 2016, by and among C&J Energy Services Ltd and certain subsidiaries thereof, CJ Holding Co., the DIP Facility Agent, and the DIP Facility Lenders.

55. “ DIP Facility Order ” means, collectively, (a) the Interim Order (I)  Authorizing Debtors (A)  to Obtain Postpetition Financing Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105, 361, 362, 363(b), 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), 364(d)(1) and 364(e) and (B)  to Utilize Cash Collateral Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 363, (II) Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 361, 362, 363, 364 and 507(b) and (III)  Scheduling Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 4001(b) and (c) [Docket No. 67], (b) the Second Interim Order (I)  Authorizing Debtors (A)  to Obtain Postpetition Financing Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105, 361, 362, 363(b), 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), 364(d)(1) and 364(e) and (B)  to Utilize Cash Collateral Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 363, (II) Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 361, 362, 363, 364 and 507(b) and (III)  Scheduling Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 4001(b) and (c) [Docket No. 113], and (c) the Final Order (I)  Authorizing Debtors (A)  to Obtain Postpetition Financing Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105, 361, 362, 363(b), 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), 364(d)(1) and 364(e) and (B)  to Utilize Cash Collateral Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 363, and (II)  Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 361, 362, 363, 364 and 507(b) [Docket No. 497].

56. “ DIP Facility Term Sheet ” means the DIP Facility Term Sheet attached as Exhibit A-1 to the Restructuring Term Sheet.

 

5


57. “ Disbursing Agent ” means the Reorganized Debtors or the Entity or Entities selected by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to make or facilitate distributions pursuant to the Plan (other than with respect to distributions to holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 5 and 6, which distributions shall be made solely by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion).

58. “ Disclosure Statement ” means the Disclosure Statement Relating to the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Co., et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code , dated November 3, 2016, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein that relate to the Plan, that is prepared and distributed in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and any other applicable law.

59. “ Disclosure Statement Order ” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure Statement, the procedures for solicitation of the Disclosure Statement, and the Rights Offering Procedures, in form and substance acceptable to the Required Supporting Creditors.

60. “ Disputed Claim ” or “ Disputed Interest ” means any Claim or Interest that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, believe is unliquidated, disputed, or contingent and which has not been Allowed by Final Order of a court of competent jurisdiction or by agreement with the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.

61. “ Distribution Record Date ” means other than with respect to publicly held securities, the record date for purposes of making distributions under the Plan on account of Allowed Claims, which date shall be the first day of the Confirmation Hearing.

62. “ Effective Date ” means the date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which (a) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect, (b) all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A. of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B. of the Plan, and (c) the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors and the Committee, declare the Plan effective. Any action to be taken on the Effective Date may be taken on or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

63. “ Employment Obligations ” means any existing obligations to employees to be assumed, reinstated, or honored, as applicable, in accordance with Article IV.O of the Plan.

64. “ Entity ” means any entity, as defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

65. “ Equity Security ” means any equity security, as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code, in a Debtor.

66. “ Estate ” means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for the Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

67. “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. § 78a, et seq.

68. “ Executory Contract ” means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party and that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

69. “ Exculpated Partie s” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) any official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases and each of their respective members; and (c) with respect to each of the foregoing, such Entity and its current and former Affiliates, and such Entity’s and its current and former Affiliates’ current and former equity holders, subsidiaries, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

 

6


70. “ Exit Facility ” means a senior secured revolving asset-based lending credit facility to be arranged and provided by one or more commercial lending institutions in a minimum amount of $100 million, on terms satisfactory to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Required Supporting Creditors, to the extent the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, the Backstop Parties, and the Required Supporting Creditors agree that such a facility is in the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors.

71. “ Exit Facility Agent ” means the administrative agent under the Exit Facility Loan Agreement, its successors, assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the DIP Facility Loan Agreement.

72. “ Exit Facility Documents ” means the Exit Facility and any other guarantee, security, and relevant documentation with respect to the Exit Facility, as applicable.

73. “ Exit Facility Lenders ” means those lenders party to the Exit Facility Loan Agreement.

74. “ Exit Facility Loan Agreement ” means that certain loan agreement memorializing the Exit Facility, which shall be entered into among one or more of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (as applicable), certain affiliates thereof that are obligors under the Exit Facility, the Exit Facility Agent, and the Exit Facility Lenders.

75. “ Federal Judgment Rate ” means the federal judgment rate in effect as of the Petition Date.

76. “ File ” or “ Filed ” means file, filed, or filing with the Bankruptcy Court or its authorized designee in the Chapter 11 Cases.

77. “ Final Order ” means, as applicable, an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal or seek certiorari has expired and no appeal or petition for certiorari has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought or the new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall have been denied, resulted in no modification of such order, or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice.

78. “ General Unsecured Claim ” means any Unsecured Claim that is not an Unsecured Convenience Class Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, any Deficiency Lender Claim shall constitute a General Unsecured Claim.

79. “ Governmental Unit ” means any governmental unit, as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

80. “ Impaired ” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

81. “ Insider ” has the meaning set forth in section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code.

82. “ Intercompany Claim ” means any Claim held by a Debtor or an Affiliate against a Debtor, excluding the Nabors Claim.

83. “ Intercompany Interest ” means, other than an Interest in C&J Energy, (a) an Interest in one Debtor or non-Debtor subsidiary held by another Debtor or non-Debtor subsidiary or (b) an Interest in a Debtor or a non-Debtor subsidiary held by an Affiliate of a Debtor or a non-Debtor subsidiary.

84. “ Interest ” means any Equity Security in any Debtor and any other rights, options, warrants, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights, restricted stock units, redemption rights, repurchase rights, convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities or other agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to, or whose value is related to, any such interest or other ownership interest in any Debtor.

 

7


85. “ Interest Holder New Warrants ” means the 7-year, net share settled warrants to acquire up to two percent of the New Common Stock on a fully diluted basis at a strike price of $1.55 billion, which shall be issued in accordance with the Plan to holders of Interests in C&J Energy on the Effective Date on the terms set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

86. “ Judicial Code ” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001.

87. “ Lender ” means each lender under the Credit Agreement.

88. “ Lender Claim ” means a Claim arising under, derived from, or based upon the Credit Agreement.

89. “ Lien ” means a lien as defined in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

90. “ Liquidating Trust ” shall mean the entity created pursuant to the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

91. “ Management Incentive Plan ” means that certain post-Effective Date management incentive plan that shall provide for ten percent of the New Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis, to be issued to management of the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date at the discretion of the New Board and on terms to be determined by the New Board (including with respect to allocation, timing and structure of such issuance and the Management Incentive Plan).

92. “ Merger ” means those certain transactions on or around March 24, 2015, by and among the predecessors to the Debtors and the completion and production business of Nabors, effectuating a merger of such entities, excluding (a) that certain Separation Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2014, by and between Nabors Industries Ltd. and Nabors Red Lion Limited, (b) that certain Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2015, by and between Nabors Industries Ltd. and Nabors Red Lion Limited, and (c) that certain Global Alliance Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2015, by and between Nabors Red Lion Limited and Nabors Industries, Ltd., in each case as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified prior to the Petition Date.

93. “ Mineral Contractor Claim ” means a Claim that is secured by, or in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company may be secured by, a lien on property of a customer of the Debtors arising under chapter 56 of the Texas Property Code, or any similar federal, state, or local law, whether or not such Claim is or may be secured by a lien on property of the Debtors.

94. “ Nabors ” means Nabors Industries Ltd. and its subsidiaries and Affiliates other than the Debtors.

95. “ Nabors Claim ” means any and all Claims held by Nabors as of the Petition Date.

96. “ New Board ” means the board of directors of the Reorganized Debtors on and after the Effective Date to be appointed by the Supporting Creditors, in consultation with the Reorganized Debtors’ management, and the identities of the directors on the New Board shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement, to the extent known at the time of filing, provided , however , that the Reorganized Debtors’ chief executive officer shall be a member of the New Board and the remainder of the New Board shall be appointed in compliance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

97. “ New Common Equity Pool ” means 100% of the New Common Stock issued and outstanding on the Effective Date to be distributed to the holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims in accordance with the Plan, subject to dilution on account of the Management Incentive Plan, the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Backstop Fee, and the New Warrants (as applicable).

 

8


98. “ New Common Stoc k” means common stock of Reorganized C&J Energy.

99. “ New Money Investment ” means the $200 million gross new money investment in the Reorganized Debtors to be funded pursuant to the Rights Offering (backstopped by the Backstop Parties) in exchange for the Rights Offering Shares.

100. “ New Warrants ” means, collectively: (a) the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants; and (b) the Interest Holder New Warrants.

101. “ New Organizational Documents ” means the documents providing for corporate governance of the Reorganized Debtors, including charters, bylaws, operating agreements, or other organizational documents or shareholders’ agreements, as applicable, which shall be consistent with the Restructuring Term Sheet and section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code (as applicable), and shall be included in the Plan Supplement, provided , that the New Organizational Documents are otherwise acceptable to the Debtors and the Backstop Parties.

102. “ Non-Debtor Loan Party ” means each borrower and each guarantor under the Credit Agreement that is not a Debtor.

103. “ Other Priority Claim ” means any Claim, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

104. “ Other Secured Claim ” means any Secured Claim, other than a Lender Claim or a DIP Facility Claim, including any Secured Tax Claim or any Claim arising under, derived from, or based upon any letter of credit issued in favor of one or more Debtors, the reimbursement obligation for which is either secured by a Lien on collateral or is subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

105. “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

106. “ Petition Date ” means July 20, 2016, the date on which the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases.

107. “ Plan” means this Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of CJ Holding Company, et al. Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code , including the Plan Supplement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

108. “ Plan Distribution ” means a payment or distribution to holders of Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, or other eligible Entities under the Plan.

109. “ Plan Settlement ” means the good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies as described in Article IV.A of the Plan.

110. “ Plan Settlement Parties ” means, collectively: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Committee; and (c) the Supporting Creditors, each of which are party to the Plan Settlement.

111. “ Plan Supplement ” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, agreements, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan (in each case, (a) in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors and (b) as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) to be Filed by the Debtors no later than five days before the Voting Deadline or such later date as may be approved by the Bankruptcy Court on notice to parties in interest, including the following, as applicable: (a) New Organizational Documents; (b) Exit Facility Documents; (c) Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (d) Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (e) Schedule of Retained Causes of Action; (f) the Backstop Commitment Agreement (including the Rights Offering Procedures attached

 

9


thereto); (g) the Warrant Agreement; (h) the Registration Rights Agreement; and (i) the Unsecured Creditor Agreement; provided , however , that the documents set forth in clauses (e), (g), and (i) shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee.

112. “ Plan Value ” means the total settled plan enterprise value, provided , that the Plan Value shall be no greater than $750 million.

113. “ Priority Tax Claim ” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

114. “ Pro Rata ” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in that Class.

115. “ Professional ” means an Entity: (a) employed pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or on the Confirmation Date, pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

116. “ Professional Fee Amount ” means the aggregate amount of Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses of Professionals estimate they have incurred or will incur in rendering services to the Debtors as set forth in Article II.C of the Plan.

117. “ Professional Fee Claim ” means a Claim by a professional seeking an award by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred through and including the Confirmation Date under sections 330, 331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4), or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

118. “ Professional Fee Escrow Account ” means an interest-bearing account funded by the Debtors with Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Amount.

119. “ Proof of Claim ” means a proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases by the applicable Bar Date.

120. “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement to be entered into among Reorganized C&J Energy and certain holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims.

121. “ Reinstate ,” “ Reinstated ,” or “ Reinstatement ” means with respect to Claims and Interests, that the Claim or Interest shall be rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

122. “ Released Party ” means collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Supporting Creditors; (b) the Backstop Parties; (c) the Credit Agreement Agent; (d) the Lenders; (e) the DIP Facility Lenders; (f) the DIP Facility Agent; (g) the Exit Facility Lenders; (h) the Exit Facility Agent; (i) the Committee and its members; (j) Nabors; and (k) with respect to each of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and each of the foregoing entities in clauses (a) through (j), such Entity and its current and former Affiliates and subsidiaries, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals.

123. “ Releasing Parties ” means collectively, (a) the Supporting Creditors, (b) the Backstop Parties, (c) the DIP Facility Lenders, (d) the Credit Agreement Agent, (e) the Lenders, (f) the DIP Facility Agent, (g) the Committee and its members (h) Nabors; (i) all holders of Claims, (j) all holders of Interests, and (k) with respect

 

10


to each of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and each of the foregoing entities in clauses (a) through (j), such Entity and its current and former Affiliates and subsidiaries, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such collectively.

124. “ Reorganized C&J Energy ” means, on or after the Effective Date, (a) C&J Energy (which may change its name from C&J Energy Services Ltd. or jurisdiction of incorporation from Bermuda to a name or jurisdiction of incorporation, respectively, that shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement) or, if applicable, (b) any (i) successor or assign, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise (including any newly established corporation, partnership, or limited liability company) or (ii) other Reorganized Debtor designated to issue the New Common Stock, in each case as set forth in the Plan Supplement.

125. “ Reorganized Debtors ” means, collectively, a Debtor, or any successor or assign thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date.

126. “ Required Supporting Creditors ” means, at any relevant time, the Supporting Creditors holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Total Credit Exposure (as defined in the Credit Agreement) held by Supporting Creditors.

127. “ Restructuring Term Sheet ” means the Restructuring Term Sheet attached as Exhibit A to the RSA, dated as of July 8, 2016, by and among the Debtors and the Supporting Creditors, as amended pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Restructuring Term Sheet, dated July 14, 2016, and as may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, in accordance with its terms.

128. “ Restructuring Transactions ” means the transactions described in Article IV.B of the Plan.

129. “ Rights Offering ” means the rights offering in respect of the Rights Offering Shares that is backstopped by the Backstop Parties in connection with the Restructuring Transactions pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement and in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

130. “ Rights Offering Procedures ” means the procedures governing the Rights Offering attached as an exhibit to the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

131. “ Rights Offering Shares ” means the shares of New Common Stock issued in accordance with the Rights Offering and subject to the terms of the Backstop Commitment Agreement and the Rights Offering Procedures, at a price that reflects a discount of 20% to Plan Value (provided that Plan Value shall be no greater than $750 million).

132. “ RSA ” means that certain Restructuring Support and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2016, by and among the Debtors and the Supporting Creditors, as amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Restructuring Support and Lock-Up Agreement, dated July 14, 2016, and as may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, in accordance with its terms.

133. “ Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases ” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors and the Debtors.

134. “ Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases ” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors and the Debtors.

 

11


135. “ Schedule of Retained Causes of Action ” means the schedule of certain Causes of Action of the Debtors that are not released, waived, or transferred pursuant to the Plan, which shall be acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Creditors, and the Committee, and as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time with the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors, the Debtors and the Committee.

136. “ Schedules ” means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities, Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and statement of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code, the official bankruptcy forms, and the Bankruptcy Rules, as they may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

137. “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

138. “ Second Forbearance Agreement ” means that certain Second Forbearance Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, as amended on July 15, 2015, and as may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, in accordance with its terms.

139. “ Secured Claim ” means a Claim: (a) secured by a Lien on collateral to the extent of the value of such collateral, as determined in accordance with section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or (b) subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

140. “ Secured Lender Claim ” means a Secured Claim that is a Lender Claim.

141. “ Secured Tax Claim ” means any Secured Claim that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of time limitations), including any related Secured Claim for penalties.

142. “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a–77aa, or any similar federal, state, or local law.

143. “ Security ” means any security, as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.

144. “ Subscription Rights ” means the rights to purchase Rights Offering Shares as set forth in the Rights Offering Procedures.

145. “ Subordinated Securities Claim ” means a Claim of the type described in and subject to subordination pursuant to section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

146. “ Supporting Creditors ” means each lender (or certain designated affiliates thereof) that executes a signature page, or is otherwise a party, to the RSA.

147. “ Unexpired Lease ” means a lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

148. “ Unimpaired ” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

12


149. “ Unsecured Claim ” means any Claim that is not an Administrative Claim, a Professional Fee Claim, a Secured Tax Claim, an Other Secured Claim, a Priority Tax Claim, an Other Priority Claim, a Mineral Contractor Claim, a Secured Lender Claim, or a DIP Facility Claim.

150. “ Unsecured Claims Representative ” means the one person to be appointed by the Committee, with the consent of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Required Supporting Creditors (in each case, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), on the Effective Date, as set forth in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

151. “ Unsecured Claims Representative Fee Amount ” means the fees and expenses incurred by the Unsecured Claims Representative to be deducted from the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

152. “ Unsecured Convenience Class  Claim ” means, collectively: (a) any Unsecured Claim (including prepetition accrued interest) in the amount of $15,000 or less that does not elect on its ballot to be treated as a Class 6 General Unsecured Claim; or (b) any General Unsecured Claim (including prepetition accrued interest) in an amount in excess of $15,000 that the holder thereof, pursuant to such holder’s ballot or such other election accepted by the Debtors, elects to have reduced to the amount of $15,000 and to be treated as a Class 5 Unsecured Convenience Class Claim.

153. “ Unsecured Creditor Agreement ” means the agreement to be entered into by and among the Debtors and the Committee with respect to the post-Effective Date reconciliation, objection, settlement, and distribution of General Unsecured Claims, as described more fully in Article VI.F of the Plan, the agreement for which shall be substantially in the form set forth in the Plan Supplement and shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors, the Committee, and the Required Supporting Creditors.

154. “ Unsecured Creditor Cash Pool ” means Cash in the amount of $30.5 million, plus any unused portion of the Convenience Class Recovery Pool.

155. “ Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool ” means, collectively: (a) the Unsecured Creditor Cash Pool and (b) the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants.

156. “ Unsecured Creditor New Warrants ” means the 7-year, net share settled warrants to acquire up to four percent of the New Common Stock on a fully diluted basis at a strike price of $1.55 billion, or the proceeds thereof, which shall be issued in accordance with the Plan to the Unsecured Claims Representative for the benefit of the holders of Allowed Class 6 Claims on the terms set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

157. “ Voting Deadline ” means December 9, 2016 at 4:00 p.m. prevailing Central Time.

158. “ Warrant Agreement ” means that certain agreement providing for, among other things, the issuance and terms of the New Warrants, the form of which shall be Filed pursuant to the Plan Supplement and which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Committee, and the Required Supporting Creditors.

 

B. Rules of Interpretation .

For purposes of this Plan: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those terms and conditions; (3) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit, whether or not Filed, having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, modified, or supplemented; (4) any reference to an Entity as a

 

13


holder of a Claim or Interest includes that Entity’s successors and assigns; (5) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles hereof or hereto; (6) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan Supplement; (7) unless otherwise specified, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (8) subject to the provisions of any contract, certificate of incorporation, by-law, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the applicable federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules; (9) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (10) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (11) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (12) all references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (13) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; and (14) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity.

 

C. Computation of Time.

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

D. Governing Law.

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws (other than section 5-1401 and section 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law), shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control), and corporate governance matters; provided , however , that corporate governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, not incorporated in New York shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation of the relevant Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.

 

E. Reference to Monetary Figures.

All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

F. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.

 

G. Controlling Document.

In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan, and the Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control in all respects. In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the

 

14


relevant provision in the Plan shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan document or in the Confirmation Order). In the event of an inconsistency between the Confirmation Order and the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall control.

ARTICLE II.

ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Facility Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III hereof.

 

A. Administrative Claims.

Unless otherwise agreed to by the holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than holders of Professional Fee Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code) will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (1) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (2) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than 30 days after the date on which an order allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (3) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (4) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such holder and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (5) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except for Professional Fee Claims and DIP Facility Claims, and unless previously Filed, requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors no later than the Administrative Claim Bar Date pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of the occurrence of the Effective Date. Objections to such requests must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting party by the later of (1) 180 days after the Effective Date and (2) 180 days after the Filing of the applicable request for payment of the Administrative Claims, if applicable. After notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and prior Bankruptcy Court orders, the Allowed amounts, if any, of Administrative Claims shall be determined by, and satisfied in accordance with an order of, the Bankruptcy Court.

Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to File and serve a request for such payment of such Administrative Claims that do not file and serve such a request by the Administrative Claim Bar Date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or their property, and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection from the Reorganized Debtors or any action by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

B. DIP Facility Claims.

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed DIP Facility Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed DIP Facility Claim (subject to the last sentence of this Article II.B), each such Allowed DIP Facility Claim shall be paid in full in Cash by the Debtors on the Effective Date equal to the Allowed amount of such Claim and all commitments under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement shall terminate. For the avoidance of doubt, the DIP Facility Claims shall

 

15


be Allowed in an aggregate principal amount with respect to drawn amounts under the DIP Facility (plus any unpaid accrued interest and unpaid fees, expenses and other obligations under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement as of the Effective Date). Upon the indefeasible payment or satisfaction in full in Cash of the DIP Facility Claims (other than any DIP Facility Claims based on the Debtors’ contingent obligations under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement for which no claim has been made) in accordance with the terms of this Plan, on the Effective Date all liens and security interests granted to secure such obligations shall be terminated and of no further force and effect. The Debtors’ contingent or unliquidated obligations under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, to the extent not indefeasibly paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date or otherwise satisfied by the Debtors in a manner acceptable to the DIP Facility Agent, any affected lender under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, or any other holder of a DIP Facility Claim, as applicable, shall survive the Effective Date and shall not be released or discharged pursuant to the Plan or Confirmation Order, notwithstanding any provision hereof or thereof to the contrary.

 

C. Payment of Fees and Expenses Under DIP Orders or RSA

On the later of (1) the Effective Date and (2) the date on which such fees, expenses or disbursements would be required to be paid under the terms of the applicable DIP Facility Order or the RSA, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) shall pay all fees, expenses and disbursements of (a) the Credit Agreement Agent, (b) the DIP Facility Agent, and (c) the Supporting Creditors, in each case, that have accrued and are unpaid as of the Effective Date and are required to be paid under or pursuant to the applicable DIP Facility Order or the RSA (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Diamond McCarthy LLP, FTI Consulting, Inc., Moelis & Company, Borden Ladner Gervais LLP, and Cox Hallett Wilkinson Limited). All payments of fees, expenses, or disbursements pursuant to this Article II.C shall be subject in all respects to the terms of the DIP Facility Order. The Debtors’ obligation to reimburse the Credit Agreement Agent, the Supporting Creditors, the DIP Facility Agent, and the DIP Facility Lenders under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement, the DIP Facility Order, and/or the RSA for all fees, expenses, and disbursements (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Diamond McCarthy LLP, FTI Consulting, Inc., Moelis & Company, Borden Ladner Gervais LLP, Cox Hallett Wilkinson Limited, and Egon Zehnder International Inc.), to the extent not indefeasibly paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date or otherwise satisfied by the Debtors in a manner acceptable to the DIP Facility Agent, the Supporting Creditors, the DIP Facility Agent, and the DIP Facility Lenders, as applicable, shall survive the Effective Date and shall not be released or discharged pursuant to the Plan or Confirmation Order, notwithstanding any provision hereof or thereof to the contrary.

 

D. Professional Fee Claims.

 

  1. Final Fee Applications and Payment of Professional Fee Claims.

All requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the Confirmation Date must be Filed no later than 45 days after the Effective Date. The Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amounts of such Professional Fee Claims after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay Professional Fee Claims in Cash in the amount the Bankruptcy Court allows, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, which the Reorganized Debtors will establish in trust for the Professionals and fund with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount on the Effective Date.

 

  2. Professional Fee Escrow Account.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount, which shall be funded by the Reorganized Debtors. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the Professionals. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. The amount of Professional Fee Claims owing to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals by the Reorganized Debtors from the Professional Fee Escrow Account as soon as reasonably practicable after such Professional Fee Claims are Allowed. When all such Allowed amounts owing to Professionals have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall promptly be paid to the Reorganized Debtors without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

16


  3. Professional Fee Amount.

Professionals shall reasonably estimate their unpaid Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services to the Debtors before and as of the Effective Date, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five days before the Effective Date; provided , however , that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of the Professional’s final request for payment of Filed Professional Fee Claims. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional.

 

  4. Post-Confirmation Fees and Expenses.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, from and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash the reasonable and documented legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the Plan and Consummation incurred by the Debtors. Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Code.

In addition, the Reorganized Debtors shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, continue to pay in Cash all post-Effective Date fees, expenses, and disbursements related to implementation, Consummation, and defense of the Plan incurred by (a) the Credit Agreement Agent, (b) the DIP Facility Agent, and (c) the Supporting Creditors (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Diamond McCarthy LLP, FTI Consulting, Inc., Moelis & Company, Borden Ladner Gervais LLP, and Cox Hallett Wilkinson Limited).

 

E. Priority Tax Claims.

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

ARTICLE III.

CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

 

A. Classification of Claims and Interests.

This Plan constitutes a separate Plan proposed by each Debtor. Except for the Claims addressed in Article II of the Plan, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth below in accordance with section 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. A Claim or an Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

 

17


The classification of Claims and Interests against the Debtors pursuant to the Plan is as follows:

 

Class

  

Claims and Interests

  

Status

  

Voting Rights

Class 1    Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired    Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
Class 2    Other Priority Claims    Unimpaired    Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
Class 3    Mineral Contractor Claims    Unimpaired    Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
Class 4    Secured Lender Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
Class 5    Unsecured Convenience Class Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
Class 6    General Unsecured Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
Class 7    Intercompany Claims    Unimpaired/ Impaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Deemed to Accept or Reject)

Class 8    Interests in Debtors other than C&J Energy    Unimpaired/ Impaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Deemed to Accept or Reject)

Class 9    Interests in C&J Energy    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
Class 10    Subordinated Securities Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

 

B. Treatment of Claims and Interests.

 

  1. Class 1 - Other Secured Claims

 

  (a) Classification : Class 1 consists of any Other Secured Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Other Secured Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 1 Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Debtor, with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors:

 

  (i) payment in full in Cash of its Allowed Class 1 Claim;

 

  (ii) the collateral securing its Allowed Class 1 Claim;

 

  (iii) Reinstatement of its Allowed Class 1 Claim; or

 

  (iv) such other treatment rendering its Allowed Class 1 Claim Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  (c) Voting : Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Claims in Class 1 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

18


  2. Class 2 - Other Priority Claims

 

  (a) Classification : Class 2 consists of any Other Priority Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Other Priority Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 2 Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Class 2 Claim on the later of:

 

  (i) the Effective Date; or

 

  (ii) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Class 2 Claim.

 

  (c) Voting : Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Claims in Class 2 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  3. Class 3 - Mineral Contractor Claims

 

  (a) Classification : Class 3 consists of Mineral Contractor Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Mineral Contractor Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Mineral Contractor Claim, to the extent not already satisfied pursuant to a prior order of the Bankruptcy Court, each holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim shall receive, in consultation with the Committee through the Effective Date, and the Unsecured Claims Representative thereafter, Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Class 3 Claim on the later of:

 

  (i) the Effective Date; or

 

  (ii) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Class 3 Claim.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 3 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Claims in Class 3 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

19


  4. Class 4 – Secured Lender Claims

 

  (a) Classification : Class 4 consists of all Secured Lender Claims.

 

  (b) Allowance: The Lender Claims shall be Allowed in an aggregate principal amount of $1,333,800,000 (plus any drawn or outstanding letters of credit, unpaid accrued interest and unpaid fees, expenses and other obligations under the Credit Agreement).

 

  (c) Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Secured Lender Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Secured Lender Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 4 Claim shall receive:

 

  (i) its Pro Rata share of the New Common Equity Pool; and

 

  (ii) its Subscription Rights to purchase its Pro Rata share of the Rights Offerings Shares in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

 

  (d) Voting : Class 4 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 4 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  5. Class 5 - Unsecured Convenience Class  Claims

 

  (a) Classification: Class 5 consists of all Unsecured Convenience Class Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Unsecured Convenience Class Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Unsecured Convenience Class Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 5 Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of the Convenience Class Recovery Pool up to 40% of such Allowed Class 5 Claim. Any funds remaining in the Convenience Class Recovery Pool after payment of all Allowed Class 5 Claims shall revert to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

20


  6. Class 6 - General Unsecured Claims

 

  (a) Classification: Class 6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each General Unsecured Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 6 Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, which distribution shall be made in accordance with Article VI.F of the Plan. In accordance with the Plan Settlement, the holders of Deficiency Lender Claims have agreed to forgo their right to receive their Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool; provided, however , that such holders shall be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan

 

  7. Class 7 - Intercompany Claims

 

  (a) Classification: Class 7 consists of all Intercompany Claims

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, Class 7 Claims shall be, at the option of the Debtor, with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors, either Reinstated or cancelled and released without any distribution.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 6 is Unimpaired if the Class 7 Claims are Reinstated or Impaired if the Class 6 Claims are cancelled. Holders of Class 7 Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) or 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Class 7 Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  8. Class 8 - Interests in Debtors other than C&J Energy

 

  (a) Classification : Class 8 consists of all Interests in Debtors other than C&J Energy.

 

  (b) Treatment : On the Effective Date, Class 8 Interests shall be, at the option of the Debtor, with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors, either Reinstated or cancelled and released without any distribution.

 

  (c) Voting : Class 8 is Unimpaired if the Class 8 Claims are Reinstated or Impaired if the Class 8 Claims are cancelled. Holders of Class 8 Interests are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Class 8 Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  9. Class 9 - Interests in C&J Energy

 

  (a) Classification : Class 9 consists of all Interests in C&J Energy.

 

  (b)

Treatment : On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of Interests in C&J Energy agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise,

 

21


  settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Interest in C&J Energy, each holder of an Allowed Class 9 Interest shall receive its Pro Rata (calculated based on the aggregate amount of Allowed Class 9 Interests and Allowed Class 10 Claims) share of the Interest Holder New Warrants.

 

  (c) Voting : Class 9 Interests are Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Class 9 Interests are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  10. Class 10 – Subordinated Securities Claims

 

  (a) Classification: Class 10 consists of all Subordinated Securities Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of a Class 10 Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Class 10 Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 10 Claim shall receive its Pro Rata (calculated based on the aggregate amount of Allowed Class 9 Interests and Allowed Class 10 Claims) share of the Interest Holder New Warrants.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 10 Claims are Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Class 10 Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

C. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including, all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims.

 

D. Elimination of Vacant Classes

Any Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

E. Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the holders of such Claims or Interests in such Class shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan.

 

F. Intercompany Interests

To the extent Reinstated under the Plan, distributions on account of Intercompany Interests are not being received by holders of such Intercompany Interests on account of their Intercompany Interests but for the purposes of administrative convenience, for the ultimate benefit of the holders of New Common Stock, and in exchange for the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ agreement under the Plan to make certain distributions to the holders of Allowed Claims. For the avoidance of doubt, any Interest in non-Debtor subsidiaries owned by a Debtor shall continue to be owned by the applicable Reorganized Debtor, unless otherwise assigned at the discretion of the Debtors to one of the Debtors or their Affiliates.

 

22


G. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by Class 4. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests.

 

H. Controversy Concerning Impairment.

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date.

 

I. Subordinated Claims .

The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

ARTICLE IV.

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. General Settlement of Claims and Interests.

As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement and as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, including (1) the Supporting Creditors’ agreement to (A) equitize approximately $1.4 billion of funded debt, (B) pay in full priority Claims and certain unsecured trade Claims, including all Claims that the Debtors were authorized to pay under any prior orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases, (C) fund the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool for the benefit of Allowed General Unsecured Claims, and (D) forgo any claim for the diminution in value of their Prepetition Collateral (as defined in the DIP Facility Order), (2) the holders of Deficiency Lender Claims’ agreement to forgo their Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, (3) the Backstop Parties’ agreement to backstop the Rights Offering to provide the Debtors with a flexible and sustainable capital structure, and (4) the Committee’s agreement to (A) support and take actions necessary to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval of the Plan and Disclosure Statement, (B) not object to the Debtors’ senior executive incentive plan, as modified by the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors and (C) abate all discovery requests and suspend all discovery efforts with respect to the Debtors, the holders of Lender Claims, and their respective representatives. Upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan, including (1) any challenge to the amount, validity, perfection, enforceability, priority or extent of the Secured Lender Claims and (2) any claim to avoid, subordinate, or disallow any Secured Lender Claim or Deficiency Lender Claim, whether under any provision of chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, on any equitable theory (including equitable subordination, equitable disallowance, or unjust enrichment) or otherwise (collectively, the “ Plan Settlemen t”). The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the Plan Settlement pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Plan Settlement under section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court the Plan Settlement is fair, equitable, reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates. Subject to Article VI hereof, all distributions made to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

 

23


B. Restructuring Transactions.

On the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into any transaction and shall take any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect a corporate restructuring of their respective businesses or a corporate restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Debtors on the terms set forth in the Plan, including the Rights Offering, the issuance of all securities, notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents required to be issued pursuant to the Plan, one or more inter-company mergers, consolidations, amalgamations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, conversions, dissolutions, transfers, liquidations, or other corporate transactions (collectively, the “ Restructuring Transactions ”). The actions to implement the Restructuring Transactions may include: (1) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution, sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (3) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or provincial law; and (4) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law in connection with the Plan.

 

C. Reorganized Debtors.

On the Effective Date, the New Board shall be established, and the Reorganized Debtors shall adopt its New Organizational Documents and the Management Incentive Plan. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to adopt any other agreements, documents, and instruments and to take any other actions contemplated under the Plan as necessary to consummate the Plan.

 

D. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.

The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan with: (1) Cash on hand, including Cash from operations; (2) the New Common Stock; (3) the Subscription Rights; (4) the proceeds from the Rights Offering; (5) the New Warrants, as applicable; and (6) the proceeds from the Exit Facility, as applicable.

 

  1. Issuance of New Common Stock .

The issuance of the New Common Stock, including options, or other equity awards, if any, reserved for the Management Incentive Plan, by Reorganized C&J Energy is authorized without the need for any further corporate action or without any further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. Reorganized C&J Energy shall be authorized to issue certain number of shares of New Common Stock pursuant to its New Organizational Documents. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall issue all securities, notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents required to be issued pursuant to the Plan.

All of the shares of New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI hereof shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the New Common Stock to become publicly traded and listed on a national securities exchange on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.

 

24


  2. Rights Offering .

On the Effective Date, Reorganized C&J Energy shall consummate the Rights Offering, through which each participant shall have the opportunity, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and the Rights Offering Procedures, to purchase the Rights Offering Shares. The Backstop Parties will backstop the New Money Investment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Backstop Commitment Agreement. Certain holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims and Reorganized C&J Energy will also enter into the Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

 

  3. Issuance of New Warrants .

On the Effective Date, Reorganized C&J Energy shall issue the Interest Holder New Warrants to the holders of Interests in C&J Energy in Class 9 and holders of Subordinated Securities Claims in Class 10, in accordance with the Warrant Agreement. After the Effective Date, Reorganized C&J Energy shall issue the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants in accordance with the Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Warrant Agreement. All of the New Warrants issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI hereof shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.

 

  4. Exit Facility

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the Exit Facility, the terms of which will be set forth in the Exit Facility Documents, provided that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors agree that such a facility is in the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors.

To the extent applicable, Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed (a) approval of the Exit Facility (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Court previously, and (b) authorization for the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to, without further notice to or order of the Court, (i) execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to obtain the Exit Facility, including the Exit Facility Documents and (ii) act or take action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as (A) the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors or (B) Reorganized Debtors (the foregoing (A) or (B) as applicable), may deem to be necessary to consummate the Exit Facility.

 

E. Corporate Existence.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended under the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state, provincial, or federal law).

 

F. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors and Unsecured Claims Representative.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Exit Facility Documents, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all property in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any

 

25


property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor (or, with respect to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, the Unsecured Claims Representative), free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

 

G. Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements.

On the Effective Date, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Plan, all notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents evidencing Claims or Interests, including credit agreements and indentures, shall be cancelled and the obligations of the Debtors and any non-Debtor affiliate thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be deemed satisfied in full, cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect. Holders of or parties to such cancelled instruments, securities, and other documentation will have no rights arising from or relating to such instruments, securities, and other documentation, or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided for pursuant to this Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, but subject to any applicable provisions of Article VI, the DIP Facility Loan Agreement and the Credit Agreement shall continue in effect solely to the extent necessary to: (1) permit holders of Claims under either the DIP Facility Loan Agreement or the Credit Agreement to receive Plan Distributions; (2) permit the Reorganized Debtors, the DIP Facility Agent, and the Credit Agreement Agent to make Plan Distributions on account of the Allowed Claims under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement and the Credit Agreement, as applicable, and deduct therefrom such reasonable compensation, fees, and expenses (a) due to the DIP Facility Agent or Credit Agreement Agent under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable, or (b) incurred by the DIP Facility Agent or Credit Agreement Agent in making such Plan Distributions; and (3) permit the DIP Facility Agent and the Credit Agreement Agent to seek compensation and/or reimbursement of fees and expenses in accordance with the terms of this Plan. Except as provided in this Plan (including Article VI of this Plan), on the Effective Date, the DIP Facility Agent, the Credit Agreement Agent, and their respective agents, successors and assigns shall be automatically and fully discharged of all of their duties and obligations associated with the DIP Facility Loan Agreement and the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The commitments and obligations (if any) of the Lenders and/or the DIP Facility Lenders to extend any further or future credit or financial accommodations to any of the Debtors, any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective successors or assigns under the DIP Facility Loan Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable, shall fully terminate and be of no further force or effect on the Effective Date. To the extent that any provision of the DIP Facility Agreement or DIP Facility Order are of a type that survives repayment of the subject indebtedness, such provisions shall remain in effect notwithstanding satisfaction of the DIP Facility Claims.

 

H. Corporate Action.

Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) adoption or assumption, as applicable, of the Employment Obligations; (2) selection of the directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtors; (3) the distribution of the New Common Stock and the Subscription Rights; (4) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions, including the Rights Offering; (5) adoption of the Management Incentive Plan; (6) issuance of the New Warrants, as applicable; (7) entry into the Warrant Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Exit Facility Documents, as applicable; (8) all other actions contemplated under the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date); (9) adoption of the New Organizational Documents; (10) the rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; and (11) all other acts or actions contemplated or reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or (as applicable) prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments

 

26


contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Common Stock, the New Organizational Documents, the New Warrants and the Warrant Agreement (as applicable), the Exit Facility Documents (as applicable), the Registration Rights Agreement, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.H shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

 

I. New Organizational Documents.

On or immediately prior to the Effective Date, the New Organizational Documents shall be amended in a manner acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors, as may be necessary to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Plan. Each of the Reorganized Debtors will file its New Organizational Documents with the applicable Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in its respective state, province, or country of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of the respective state, province, or country of incorporation. The New Organizational Documents will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities, to the extent required under section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the New Organizational Documents shall be consistent with the Restructuring Term Sheet and shall be included as exhibits to the Plan Supplement.

 

J. Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.

As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the board of directors of the Debtors shall expire, and the initial boards of directors, including the New Board, and the officers of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be appointed by the Supporting Creditors in accordance with the respective New Organizational Documents. The New Board shall initially consist of seven members. The members of the New Board will be identified in the Plan Supplement, to the extent known at the time of filing; provided , however , that the Reorganized Debtor’s chief executive officer shall be a member of the New Board. In accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the identities and affiliations of the members of the New Board and any Person proposed to serve as an officer of the Reorganized Debtors shall be disclosed at or before the Confirmation Hearing, in each case to the extent the identity of such proposed director or officer is known at such time. To the extent any such director or officer of the Reorganized Debtors is an Insider, the Debtors also will disclose the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director or officer. Each such director and officer shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtors.

 

K. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and the officers and members of the boards of directors thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.

 

L. Section 1146 Exemption.

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any other Person) of property under the Plan or pursuant to: (1) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; (2) the Restructuring Transactions; (3) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, and/or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (4) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; (5) the grant of collateral as security for any or all of the Exit Facility, as applicable; or (6) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of

 

27


sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

 

M. Director and Officer Liability Insurance.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors shall purchase and maintain directors, officers, managers, and employee liability tail coverage for the six-year period following the Effective Date on terms no less favorable than the Debtors’ existing director, officer, manager, and employee coverage and with an aggregate limit of liability upon the Effective Date of no less than the aggregate limit of liability under the existing director, officer, manager, and employee coverage upon placement. Reasonable directors and officers insurance policies shall remain in place in the ordinary course during the Chapter 11 Cases and from and after the Effective Date.

 

N. Management Incentive Program.

On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the Debtors shall adopt the Management Incentive Plan. The Management Incentive Plan shall provide for ten percent of the New Common Stock contemplated herein, on a fully diluted basis, to be issued to management of the Reorganized Debtors on or after the Effective Date, solely at the discretion of the New Board and on terms to be determined by the New Board (including with respect to allocation, timing, and structure of such issuance and the Management Incentive Plan).

 

O. Employee and Retiree Benefits.

Unless otherwise provided herein or otherwise amended or modified as set forth in the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, all employee wages, compensation, and benefit programs in place as of the Effective Date with the Debtors shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place as of the Effective Date, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans; provided , however , that any employee Claims for which a Proof of Claim was required but not timely filed shall be excluded from this Article IV.O; provided further however , that unless otherwise provided in the Plan, all restricted stock agreements, non-qualified stock option agreements, and prepetition separation and release agreements between the Debtors and their employees are deemed non-executory and therefore shall not require assumption or rejection under the Plan; provided , further , however , that the Debtors reserve all rights thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as such term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.

 

P. Preservation of Causes of Action.

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject to Article VIII hereof, the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtors pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII.

 

28


The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against it. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII of the Plan. Unless any Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Bankruptcy Court order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.

The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain such Causes of Action notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII of the Plan. The applicable Reorganized Debtors, through their authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Avoidance Actions shall be preserved solely for purposes of setoff or recoupment against a Claim that would otherwise be Allowed, and in no event shall Avoidance Actions be pursued for purposes of seeking affirmative recoveries. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for the avoidance of doubt, the Reorganized Debtors shall not pursue any Avoidance Actions other than for purposes of setoff or recoupment against a Claim that would otherwise be Allowed.

ARTICLE V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, not previously assumed or rejected pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court, will be deemed rejected, in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors, other than those Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that: (1) previously were assumed or rejected by the Debtors; (2) are identified on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (3) are the subject of a motion to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Confirmation Date; (4) are subject to a motion to assume an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such assumption is after the Effective Date; or (5) are the subject of Article IV.O of the Plan; or (6) are one of the following type of agreements, all of which shall be deemed assumed even if not identified by clauses (1)-(5) above, unless specifically identified as rejected under the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases: (a) confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, (b) customer agreements, (c) software license agreements and affiliated contracts, (d) intercompany agreements and arrangements, and (e) alternative dispute resolution agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, the Debtors shall seek to assume or reject Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases in consultation with the Supporting Creditors and with the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Required Supporting Creditors.    

 

29


Entry of the Confirmation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute a Bankruptcy Order approving the assumptions or rejections of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases set forth in the Plan, the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, or the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to this Article V.A or by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date, shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with its terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases or the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases identified in this Article V and in the Plan Supplement at any time through and including 45 days after the Effective Date.

 

B. Indemnification Obligations.

All indemnification provisions, consistent with applicable law, currently in place (whether in the by-laws, certificates of incorporation or formation, limited liability company agreements, other organizational documents, board resolutions, indemnification agreements, employment contracts, or otherwise) for the current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals of the Debtors, as applicable, shall be reinstated and remain intact, irrevocable, and shall survive the Effective Date on terms no less favorable to such current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals of the Debtors than the indemnification provisions in place prior to the Effective Date.

 

C. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.

Unless otherwise provided by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within 30 days after the later of (1) the date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Confirmation Order) approving such rejection, (2) the effective date of such rejection, or (3) the Effective Date. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their property without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III.B.5 hereof.

 

D. Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed.

Any monetary defaults under each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan shall be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by payment of the default amount in Cash on the Effective Date, subject to the limitation described below, or on such other terms as the parties to such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases may otherwise agree. In the event of a dispute regarding (1) the amount of any payments to cure such a default, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed, or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption, the cure payments required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be made following the entry of a Final Order or orders resolving the dispute and approving the assumption. At least ten days prior to the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors shall provide for notices of proposed assumption and proposed cure amounts to be sent to applicable

 

30


third parties and for procedures for objecting thereto and resolution of disputes by the Bankruptcy Court. Any objection by a counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to a proposed assumption or related cure amount must be Filed, served, and actually received by the Debtors at least three days prior to the Confirmation Hearing. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption or cure amount will be deemed to have assented to such assumption or cure amount.

To the extent that any dispute with respect to the amount of any payments to cure any default with respect to any Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan is resolved or determined, including by entry of an order by the Court, in a manner that is not acceptable to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may reject the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease within 20 days after such resolution or determination by filing and serving upon the counterparty to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease a notice of rejection. Upon service of such notice of rejection, such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed to be rejected without the need for further action or an order from the Court, and such counterparty may thereafter file a proof of claim in the manner set forth in Article V.C of the Plan.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption. Any Proofs of Claim Filed with respect to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

E. Preexisting Obligations to the Debtors under Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

Rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall not constitute a termination of preexisting obligations owed to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, under such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases. In particular, notwithstanding any non-bankruptcy law to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve and do not waive any right to receive, or any continuing obligation of a counterparty to provide, warranties or continued maintenance obligations on goods previously purchased by the Debtors contracting from non-Debtor counterparties to rejected Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.

 

F. Insurance Policies.

Each of the Debtors’ insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, (1) the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments relating to coverage of all insured Claims and (2) such insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors.

 

G. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.

Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.

 

31


H. Reservation of Rights.

Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases or the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any of the Reorganized Debtors has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have 30 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter its treatment of such contract or lease under the Plan.

 

I. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

J. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date.

Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors liable thereunder in the ordinary course of their business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.

ARTICLE VI.

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

 

A. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date (or if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interests (as applicable) shall receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests (as applicable) in the applicable Class. In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date. If and to the extent that there are Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VII hereof. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, holders of Claims or Interests shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date.

 

B. Disbursing Agent.

All distributions under the Plan (other than with respect to any distributions to holders of Allowed Class 5 and Class 6 Claims, which distributions shall be made by the Unsecured Claims Representative) shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on the Effective Date. The Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as the case may be, shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. Additionally, in the event that the Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as the case may be, is so otherwise ordered, all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond or surety shall be borne by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

32


C. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.

 

  1. Powers of the Disbursing Agent .

The Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as the case may be, shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as applicable, by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as the case may be, to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

 

  2. Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date .

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes), and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses), made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

D. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions.

 

  1. Record Date for Distribution .

On the Distribution Record Date, the Claims Register shall be closed and any party responsible for making distributions shall instead be authorized and entitled to recognize only those record holders listed on the Claims Register as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.

 

  2. Delivery of Distributions in General .

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to any distributions to holders of Allowed Class 5 and Class 6 Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative) shall make distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) as of the Distribution Record Date at the address for each such holder as indicated on the Debtors’ records as of the date of any such distribution; provided , however , that the manner of such distributions shall be determined at the discretion of the Reorganized Debtors and the Unsecured Claims Representative, as applicable; provided further , however , that the address for each holder of an Allowed Claim shall be deemed to be the address set forth in any Proof of Claim Filed by that holder.

 

  3. Minimum Distributions .

No fractional shares of New Common Stock or New Warrants (as applicable) shall be distributed and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest (as applicable) would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of shares of New Common Stock or New Warrants (as applicable) that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares of New Common Stock or New Warrants (as applicable) shall be rounded as follows: (a) fractions of one-half (  1 2 ) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions of less than one-half (  1 2 ) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefore. The total number of authorized shares of New Common Stock or New Warrants (as applicable) to be distributed to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding. Further, no Cash payment of less than $50.00 shall be made to a holder of an Allowed Claim on account of such Allowed Claim.

 

33


  4. Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property .

In the event that any distribution to any holder of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests (as applicable) is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such holder shall be made unless and until the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to holders of Allowed Class 5 and Class 6 Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative) has determined the then-current address of such holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such holder without interest; provided , however , that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one year from the Effective Date. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors (or, as relates to any unclaimed property or interests in property for Class 5 and Class 6, the Unsecured Claims Representative) automatically and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any holder of Claims and Interests to such property or Interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.

 

E. Manner of Payment.

1. All distributions of the New Common Stock to the holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors.

2. All distributions of the New Warrants, as applicable, to the holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors.

3. All distributions of Cash to the holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to Classes 5 and 6, the Unsecured Claims Representative) on behalf of the applicable Debtor.

4. At the option of the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to Classes 5 and 6, the Unsecured Claims Representative), any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements.

 

F. Distributions to Holders of Class 6 General Unsecured Claims.

 

  1. Unsecured Claims Representative.

On the Effective Date, (a) the Debtors and the Committee shall enter into the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and (b) the Committee shall appoint the Unsecured Claims Representative consistent with the terms and conditions of the Unsecured Creditor Agreement and the Plan.

As set forth in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, after the Effective Date, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall have the following rights and obligations with respect to the reconciliation, objection, settlement, and distribution decisions related to General Unsecured Claims: (a) consultation rights over all Claims reconciliation, objection, settlement, and distribution decisions related to General Unsecured Claims; (b) standing and the right to object to all General Unsecured Claims that exceed the Debtors’ books and records amount by the greater of 10% or $20,000; provided , however , that if the difference between the amount of holders’ asserted General Unsecured Claims and the Debtors’ books and records amount for General Unsecured Claims exceeds $250,000 in the aggregate, then the Unsecured Claims Representative may object to any General Unsecured Claims that have not otherwise been resolved; (c) standing and the right to litigate any Claim objections filed by the Committee (with the consent of the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)) prior to the Effective Date that remain pending as of the Effective Date; and (d) settlement of any General Unsecured Claim that results in the allowance of a General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000 shall be subject to the consent of the Unsecured Claims Representative. The Reorganized Debtors shall have a duty of good faith and reasonable cooperation regarding the reconciliation, objection, and settlement decisions related to General Unsecured Claims.

 

34


The Reorganized Debtors shall not be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the Unsecured Claims Representative. Expenses incurred by the Unsecured Claims Representative, including the reasonable, documented fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Unsecured Claims Representative, shall be paid in Cash on a first priority basis from the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool (with no other recourse to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any property transferred pursuant to the Plan). The Unsecured Claims Representative shall automatically terminate and cease to exist upon payment in full of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims (after reconciliation of all Disputed General Unsecured Claims). Upon termination of the Unsecured Claims Representative, such representative and its counsel, advisors, and agents shall be released and discharged from all of its postpetition rights and duties related to the Chapter 11 Cases, as set forth in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

 

  2. Distributions to Holders of Class  6 General Unsecured Claims.

(a) On or before the date that is 180 days after the Effective Date, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall distribute to each holder of an Allowed Class 6 General Unsecured Claim its Pro Rata share of (i) the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, less (ii) the Class 6 Disputed Claims Reserve, less (iii) the Unsecured Claim Representative Fee Amount, and less (iv) any other reserves provided for in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

(b) Upon the completion of the Claims reconciliation process in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article VI.F.1 and Article VII of the Plan, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall distribute the Class 6 Disputed Claims Reserve to the holders of Allowed Class 6 General Unsecured Claims such that, after giving effect to such distribution, but subject to Article VI.F.2(c) below, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall have received its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool as provided for in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement. When all Allowed General Unsecured Claims are paid in full, any amounts remaining in the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors.

(c) Any holder of a Disputed Claim in Class 6 that ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim shall (i) receive no more from the Class 6 Disputed Claims Reserve than the amount reserved with respect to such Claim under Article VI.F.2(a) above; and (ii) not have recourse to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any property transferred pursuant to the Plan (other than the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool and the Class 6 Disputed Claims Reserve).

 

  3. Monetization of Unsecured Creditor New Warrants.

The Reorganized Debtors shall hold the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants that are treated as part of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool until such time as they are issued in accordance with this Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Warrant Agreement. The Reorganized Debtors shall hold the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants solely for the benefit of the entity (i.e., the liquidating trust) created under the Unsecured Creditor Agreement (and the beneficiaries thereof), and the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants shall not be transferred (other than as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion), pledged to, or otherwise encumbered by any third parties. The Reorganized Debtors shall take all actions necessary to ensure that the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants remain unpledged, unencumbered and available at all times for issuance as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion, pursuant to this Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and the Warrant Agreement.

The Unsecured Claims Representative shall provide written notice to the Reorganized Debtors of his, her, or its intent to seek issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants as far in advance of the date of issuance as reasonably practicable, but in no event, later than three (3) business days prior to the date of issuance requested in the written notice. Upon receipt of written notice by the Unsecured Claims Representative of his, her, or its intent to seek issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants on the date specified in such written notice, the Reorganized Debtors shall immediately begin taking all actions necessary to be in a position to issue the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants on the requested date. The Reorganized Debtors shall issue the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion on the requested issuance date or

 

35


such other time as may be agreed by the Unsecured Claims Representative. The Unsecured Claims Representative may, but is not required to, seek issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool and/or directly to any third party purchasers (not to exceed 10 parties in the event that the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants are to be issued by the Reorganized Debtors directly to third parties) transacting with the Unsecured Claims Representative to acquire all or a portion of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants. Any direct issuance of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to any third party purchaser, as described above, shall be treated as if the Reorganized Debtors issued the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to the liquidating trust created under the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, and then as if the liquidating trust assigned the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to such third party. Except as provided for in the Plan and the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, the Reorganized Debtors shall not have any right to or interest in any consideration, including without limitation, cash proceeds, received by the Unsecured Claims Representative in exchange for issuance and monetization of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants to any third parties, as directed by the Unsecured Claims Representative in his, her or its sole discretion.

To the extent the Reorganized Debtors or the Unsecured Claims Representative fails to abide by the terms of this Confirmation Order, the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, or the Warrant Agreement, as concerns the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants, the Reorganized Debtors or the Unsecured Claims Representative, as applicable, are hereby authorized to immediately exercise all of their, his, her, or its legal rights, including without limitation, filing suit against the Reorganized Debtors or Unsecured Claims Representative or other parties in the Bankruptcy Court, which shall retain exclusive jurisdiction, or take such other actions that the Unsecured Claims Representative or the Reorganized Debtors believe necessary in their, his, her, or its sole discretion.

 

  4. Treatment of Liquidating Trust.

On the Effective Date (or, with respect to the Unsecured Creditor Warrants, following the Effective Date in accordance with the terms of the Confirmation Order), the Liquidating Trust shall be funded with the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

It is intended that the Liquidating Trust be classified for federal income tax purposes as a “liquidating trust” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-4(d) and as a “grantor trust” within the meaning of Sections 671 through 677 of the Internal Revenue Code. In furtherance of this objective, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall, in its business judgment, make continuing best efforts not to unduly prolong the duration of the Liquidating Trust. All assets, as described in Section 2.3 of the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, held by the Liquidating Trust shall be deemed for federal income tax purposes to have been distributed by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors on a Pro Rata share basis to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in Class 6 of the Plan and then contributed by such holders to the Liquidating Trust in exchange for their interest in the Liquidating Trust. The deemed distribution and contribution of the assets shall take place in a manner as set forth in the Unsecured Creditor Agreement. All holders shall use the valuation of the assets transferred to the Liquidating Trust as established by the Unsecured Claims Representative for all federal income tax purposes. The Beneficiaries will be treated as the grantor of the Liquidating Trust. The Liquidating Trust will be responsible for filing information on behalf of the Liquidating Trust as grantor trust pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.671-4(a). The foregoing treatment shall also apply, to the extent permitted by applicable law, for all state, provincial, territorial, non-U.S., and local income tax purposes. Further, the Liquidating Trust is intended to comply with the conditions and the requirements set forth in Rev. Proc. 94-45, 1994-2 CB 684.

As soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date, (a) the Unsecured Claims Representative will determine the fair market value of the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool (other than Cash) as of the Effective Date, based on a good faith determination and the advice of any professionals retained by the Unsecured Claims Representative for such purpose, and (b) the Unsecured Claims Representative shall notify the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Beneficiaries of such valuation. Such valuation must be utilized by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Unsecured Claims Representative, and the Beneficiaries for all U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

36


Other than with respect to the Disputed Claims Reserve, allocations of taxable income with respect to the Liquidating Trust shall be determined by reference to the manner in which an amount of cash equal to such taxable income would be distributed (without regard to any restriction on distributions described herein) if, immediately prior to such deemed distribution, the Liquidating Trust had distributed all of its other assets (valued for this purpose at their tax book value) to the Beneficiaries, taking into account all prior and concurrent distributions from the Liquidating Trust. Similarly, taxable losses of the Liquidating Trust will be allocated by reference to the manner in which an economic loss would be borne immediately after a liquidating distribution of the remaining assets. The tax book value of the assets for this purpose shall equal their fair market value on the Effective Date or, if later, the date such assets were acquired by the assets, adjusted in either case in accordance with tax accounting principles prescribed by the applicable Internal Revenue Code provisions, the Treasury Regulations and other applicable administrative and judicial authorities and pronouncements.

To the extent any remaining proceeds (after full satisfaction of the Beneficiaries’ Allowed Class 6 General Unsecured Claims and resolution of all Disputed General Unsecured Claims and payment of all other amounts that may reasonably be required to satisfy unpaid costs or expenses of the Unsecured Claims Representative entitled to be paid pursuant to the Unsecured Creditor Agreement, including any and all taxes and professionals’ fees and costs) are distributed to the Reorganized Debtors, the Liquidating Trust, the Unsecured Claims Representative and/or Beneficiaries shall not be responsible for paying any taxes on or associated with such remaining proceeds distributed to the Reorganized Debtors, and the Reorganized Debtors shall not look to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool, the Liquidating Trust, the Unsecured Claims Representative or the Beneficiaries for payment or reimbursement of any such taxes. Any monetization of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants shall be effective only after such warrants have been issued, and only to the extent the monetization is for the benefit of the Beneficiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the monetization of the Unsecured Creditor New Warrants, the Beneficiaries shall only be liable for taxes to the extent that they receive any distributions and not with respect to any remaining funds distributed to the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with the Unsecured Creditor Agreement.

Subject to definitive guidance from the IRS or a court of competent jurisdiction to the contrary (including the receipt by the Unsecured Claims Representative of a private letter ruling if the Unsecured Claims Representative so requests one, or the receipt of an adverse determination by the IRS upon audit if not contested), the Unsecured Claims Representative shall (a) timely elect to treat the Disputed Claims Reserve as a “disputed ownership fund” governed by Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-9, and (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, report consistently with the foregoing for applicable state, provincial, territorial, non-U.S., and local income tax purposes.

In accordance with the Plan, the Unsecured Claims Representative shall cause the filing of tax returns for the Liquidating Trust, as a grantor trust pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.671-4(a); provided , however , that the Unsecured Claims Representative shall take all appropriate steps to file separate returns required with respect to the Disputed Claims Reserve.

 

G. Section 1145 Exemption.

Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the offering, issuance, and distribution of the New Common Stock issued to holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims, the Rights Offering Shares, the shares of New Common Stock issued to the Backstop Parties as the Backstop Fee, the New Warrants and the shares of New Common Stock underlying the New Warrants (as applicable) (collectively, the “ 1145 Securities ”), as contemplated by Article III.B of the Plan and Article XII.A of the Disclosure Statement, shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable state or federal law requiring registration and/or prospectus delivery or qualification prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of Securities. In addition, under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, such 1145 Securities will be freely tradable in the U.S. by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments and subject to any restrictions in the Reorganized Debtors’ New Organizational Documents.

 

37


The Debtors submit that the issuance of all unsubscribed shares under the Rights Offering would not be exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and are instead issuable upon the exemption from registration provided under section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

H. Compliance with Tax Requirements.

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.

 

I. Allocations.

Distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to any portion of such Claims for accrued but unpaid interest.

 

J. No Postpetition Interest on Claims.

Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy law, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any prepetition Claims against the Debtors, and no holder of a prepetition Claim against the Debtors shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any such prepetition Claim.

 

K. Foreign Currency Exchange Rate.

Except as otherwise provided in a Bankruptcy Court order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars shall be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, on the Effective Date.

 

L. Setoffs and Recoupment.

Except as expressly provided in this Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, set off and/or recoup against any Plan Distributions to be made on account of any Allowed Claim, any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor may hold against the holder of such Allowed Claim to the extent such setoff or recoupment is either (1) agreed in amount among the relevant Reorganized Debtor(s) and holder of Allowed Claim or (2) otherwise adjudicated by the Bankruptcy Court or another court of competent jurisdiction; provided , however , that neither the failure to effectuate a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by a Reorganized Debtor or its successor of any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor or its successor may possess against the applicable holder. In no event shall any holder of Claims against, or Interests in, the Debtors be entitled to recoup any such Claim or Interest against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, unless such holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtors in accordance with Article XII.G of the Plan on or before the Effective Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment.

 

38


M. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.

 

  1. Claims Paid by Third Parties .

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce in full a Claim, and such Claim shall be disallowed without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such holder shall, within 14 days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, to the extent the holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The failure of such holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the 14-day grace period specified above until the amount is repaid.

 

  2. Claims Payable by Third Parties .

No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

  3. Applicability of Insurance Policies .

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.

ARTICLE VII.

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,

UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

A. Allowance of Claims.

After the Effective Date, each of the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with respect to any Claim or Interest immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

B. Claims Administration Responsibilities.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the sole authority to: (1) File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment, objections to Claims or Interests; (2) settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (3) administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

39


C. Estimation of Claims and Interests .

Before or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may (but are not required to) at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest that is contingent or unliquidated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code for any reason, regardless of whether any party previously has objected to such Claim or Interest or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any such Claim or Interest, including during the litigation of any objection to any Claim or Interest or during the appeal relating to such objection. Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan, a Claim or Interest that has been expunged from the Claims Register, but that either is subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order, shall be deemed to be estimated at zero dollars unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent or unliquidated Claim or Interest, that estimated amount shall constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim or Interest for all purposes under the Plan (including for purposes of distributions), and the relevant Reorganized Debtor may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim or Interest.

 

D. Adjustment to Claims or Interests without Objection.

Any Claim or Interest that has been paid or satisfied, or any Claim or Interest that has been amended or superseded, may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims Register by the Reorganized Debtors and, with respect to Class 5 and 6 Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative, without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

E. Time to File Objections to Claims.

Any objections to Claims shall be Filed on or before the later of (1) 180 days after the Effective Date and (2) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court for objecting to such claims.

 

F. Disallowance of Claims or Interests.

Any Claims or Interests held by Entities from which property is recoverable under section 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and holders of such Claims or Interests may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as any objection to those Claims or Interests have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered.

All Claims Filed on account of an indemnification obligation to a director, officer, or employee shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims Register as of the Effective Date to the extent such indemnification obligation is assumed (or honored or reaffirmed, as the case may be) pursuant to the Plan, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except as provided herein or otherwise agreed, any and all Proofs of Claim Filed after the Bar Date shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims, unless on or before the Confirmation Hearing such late Claim has been deemed timely Filed by a Final Order.

 

G. Amendments to Claims or Interests.

On or after the Effective Date, a Claim or Interest may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the Reorganized Debtors (or, with respect to any Class 5 and 6 Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative) and any such new or amended Claim or Interest Filed shall be deemed disallowed in full and expunged without any further action.

 

40


H. No Distributions Pending Allowance.

If an objection to a Claim or Interest or portion thereof is Filed as set forth in Article VII.B hereof, no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim or Interest or portion thereof unless and until such Disputed Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest.

 

I. Distributions After Allowance.

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, distributions (if any) shall be made to the holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest (as applicable) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. As soon as practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court allowing any Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest becomes a Final Order, the Disbursing Agent (and, with respect to any Class 5 or 6 Disputed Claims, the Unsecured Claims Representative) shall provide to the holder of such Claim or Interest the distribution (if any) to which such holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date, without any interest, dividends, or accruals to be paid on account of such Claim or Interest unless required under applicable bankruptcy law.

ARTICLE VIII.

SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

 

A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (1) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (2) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) the holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

B. Release of Liens.

Except as otherwise provided in the Exit Facility Documents, the Plan, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Other Secured Claims that the Debtors elect to reinstate in accordance with Article III.B.1 hereof, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens,

 

41


pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns. Any holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such holder) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, to release any collateral or other property of any Debtor (including any cash collateral and possessory collateral) held by such holder (and the applicable agents for such holder), and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtors to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation or filing of the Confirmation Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens.

 

C. Releases by the Debtors.

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates, in each case on behalf of themselves and their respective successors, assigns, and representatives, and any and all other entities who may purport to assert any Cause of Action, directly or derivatively, by, through, for, or because of the foregoing entities, from any and all Causes of Action, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, a Debtor or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions, the Merger, the Rights Offering, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Rights Offering, the Exit Facility, the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement), or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Plan, or the Plan Settlement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the foregoing release does not release any obligations of any party under the Plan or any document, instrument, or agreement executed to implement the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases described in this Article VIII.C by the Debtors, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in this Plan, and further, shall constitute its finding that each release described in this Article VIII.C is: (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties, a good faith settlement and compromise of such Claims; (2) in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Interests and Claims; (3) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (4) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (5) a bar to any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors asserting any claim, Cause of Action, or liability related thereto, of any kind whatsoever, against any of the Released Parties or their property.

 

D. Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests.

As of the Effective Date, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions, the Merger, the Rights Offering, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Rights Offering, the Exit Facility, the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement and

 

42


the Plan Settlement), or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Plan, or the Plan Settlement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other related act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the foregoing release does not release any obligations of any party under the Plan or any document, instrument, or agreement executed to implement the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases described in this Article VIII.D, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in this Plan, and further, shall constitute its finding that each release described in this Article VIII.D is: (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties, a good faith settlement and compromise of such Claims; (2) in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Interests and Claims; (3) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (4) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (5) a bar to any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors asserting any claim, Cause of Action, or liability related thereto, of any kind whatsoever, against any of the Released Parties or their property.

 

E. Exculpation.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the RSA and related prepetition transactions, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Settlement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

 

F. Injunction.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties: (1) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (2) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (3) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (4) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection

 

43


with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests unless such holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a Claim or Interest or otherwise that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (5) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, all holders of Claims and Interests and their respective current and former employees, agents, officers, directors, principals, and direct and indirect affiliates shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or Consummation of the Plan; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not enjoin any Supporting Creditor from exercising any of its rights or remedies under the RSA in accordance with the terms thereof. Each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, by accepting, or being eligible to accept, distributions under or Reinstatement of such Claim or Interest, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed to have consented to the injunction provisions set forth in this Article VIII.F of the Plan.

 

G. SEC Rights Reserved.

Nothing in the Plan or the Confirmation Order (i) releases any entity other than a Debtor from any claim or Cause of Action of the SEC; (ii) enjoins, limits, impairs or delays the SEC from commencing or continuing any claims, Causes of Action, proceedings or investigations against any Entity other than a Debtor in any forum; or, (iii) precludes the SEC from pursuing injunctive or other non-monetary relief against the Reorganized Debtors with respect to acts taking place before or after the Effective Date.

 

H. Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment.

Consistent with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Supremacy Clause of the U.S. Constitution, all Entities, including Governmental Units, shall not discriminate against the Reorganized Debtors or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit, charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the Reorganized Debtors, or another Entity with whom the Reorganized Debtors have been associated, solely because each Debtor has been a debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or during the Chapter 11 Cases but before the Debtors are granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

I. Document Retention.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may maintain documents in accordance with their standard document retention policy, as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

J. Reimbursement or Contribution.

If the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of allowance or disallowance, such Claim shall be forever disallowed and expunged notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Confirmation Date: (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non-contingent or (2) the relevant holder of a Claim has Filed a non-contingent Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered prior to the Confirmation Date determining such Claim as no longer contingent.

 

44


ARTICLE IX.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION

AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.

It shall be a condition to Confirmation of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.B hereof:

1. the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and substance acceptable to the Required Supporting Creditors and the Committee, and shall;

 

  (a) authorize the Debtors to take all actions necessary to enter into, implement, and consummate the contracts, instruments, releases, leases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan;

 

  (b) decree that the provisions of the Confirmation Order and the Plan are nonseverable and mutually dependent;

 

  (c) authorize the Debtors, as applicable or necessary, to: (i) implement the Restructuring Transactions, including the Rights Offering; (ii) distribute the New Warrants, and the New Common Stock pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or other exemption from such registration or pursuant to one or more registration statements; (iii) make all distributions and issuances as required under the Plan, including Cash, the New Warrants, the Subscription Rights, and the New Common Stock; and (iv) enter into any agreements, transactions, and sales of property as set forth in the Plan Supplement, including the Exit Facility and the Management Incentive Plan;

 

  (d) authorize the implementation of the Plan in accordance with its terms; and

 

  (e) provide that, pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, the assignment or surrender of any lease or sublease, and the delivery of any deed or other instrument or transfer order, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, or assignments executed in connection with any disposition or transfer of assets contemplated under the Plan, shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage recording, or other similar tax; and

2. the Canadian Court shall have entered an order recognizing the Confirmation Order in form and substance acceptable to the Required Supporting Creditors, and such order shall have become a Final Order;

3. the Debtors shall have obtained all authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals, rulings, or documents that are necessary to implement and effectuate the Plan;

4. the final version of the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall have been Filed in a manner consistent in all material respects with the RSA, the Restructuring Term Sheet, and the Plan and shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Creditors, and the Committee to the extent required under the Plan;

5. the RSA shall remain in full force and effect;

6. all professional fees and expenses of retained professionals required to be approved by the Bankruptcy Court shall have been paid in full or amounts sufficient to pay such fees and expenses after the Effective Date have been placed in the Professional Fee Escrow Account pending approval by the Bankruptcy Court;

 

45


7. all professional fees and expenses of the advisors to the Required Supporting Creditors (including Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Moelis & Company LLC, FTI Consulting, Inc., Diamond McCarthy LLP, Borden Ladner Gervais LLP, Cox Hallett Wilkinson Limited, and one executive search firm retained by the Required Supporting Creditors in connection with the appointment of the New Board), the Credit Agreement Agent, the DIP Facility Lenders, the DIP Facility Agent, and any and all other advisors entitled to payment pursuant to the terms and conditions of the RSA shall have been paid in full;

8. each Non-Debtor Loan Party shall have been released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents pursuant to the terms thereof; and

9. the Debtors shall have implemented the Restructuring Transactions, including the Rights Offering, and all transactions contemplated herein, in a manner consistent in all respects with the RSA, the Restructuring Term Sheet, and the Plan, pursuant to documentation acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Supporting Creditors.

 

B. Waiver of Conditions.

The conditions to Confirmation and Consummation set forth in this Article IX may be waived only with the prior written consent of the Required Supporting Creditors, without notice, leave, or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the Plan; provided , however , that the conditions precedent to the Effective Date set forth in Articles IX.A.1 and IX.A.4 may not be waived without the consent of the Committee.

 

C. Effect of Failure of Conditions.

If Consummation does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by the Debtors, Claims, or Interests; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity; or (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity.

ARTICLE X.

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

 

A. Modification and Amendments.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Supporting Creditors and the Committee, reserve the right to modify the Plan, whether such modification is material or immaterial, and seek Confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and, as appropriate, not resolicit votes on such modified Plan. Subject to those restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan and the requirements of section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, Rule 3019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, and, to the extent applicable, sections 1122, 1123, and 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, each of the Debtors expressly reserves its respective rights to revoke or withdraw, or, with the consent of the Committee and the Required Supporting Creditors, to alter, amend, or modify the Plan with respect to such Debtor, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the extent necessary may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to so alter, amend, or modify the Plan, or remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan.

 

46


B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.

Entry of a Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

 

C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent plans of reorganization. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or Consummation does not occur, then: (1) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected under the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall: (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity; or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor or any other Entity.

ARTICLE XI.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or relating to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:

1. allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;

2. decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

3. resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims arising therefrom, including Cure Claims pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; (c) the Reorganized Debtors amending, modifying, or supplementing, after the Effective Date, pursuant to Article V hereof, any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to the list of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed or rejected or otherwise; and (d) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;

4. ensure that distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;

5. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;

6. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

47


7. enter and implement such orders as may be necessary to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;

8. enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

9. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;

10. issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

11. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII hereof and enter such orders as may be necessary to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;

12. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.M hereof;

13. enter and implement such orders as are necessary if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

14. determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;

15. enter an order concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;

16. adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;

17. consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;

18. determine requests for the payment of Claims and Interests entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;

19. hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order, including disputes arising under agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection with the Plan;

20. hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

21. hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, scope, or enforcement of any exculpations, discharges, injunctions and released granted in the Plan, including under Article VIII hereof, regardless of whether such termination occurred prior to or after the Effective Date;

22. enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and

23. hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.

 

48


ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

A. Immediate Binding Effect.

Subject to Article IX.A hereof and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement) shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors.

 

B. Additional Documents.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may file with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all holders of Claims or Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.

 

C. Payment of Statutory Fees.

All fees payable pursuant to section 1930(a) of the Judicial Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at a hearing pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be paid by each of the Reorganized Debtors (or the Disbursing Agent on behalf of each of the Reorganized Debtors) for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed, or closed, whichever occurs first.

 

D. Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment.

On the Effective Date and upon the appointment of the Unsecured Claims Representative, any statutory committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including the Committee, shall (other than for purposes of filing final fee applications and obtaining Bankruptcy Court approval of same) dissolve and members thereof shall be released, exculpated and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases. The Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the members of or advisors to any statutory committees after the Effective Date.

 

E. Reservation of Rights.

Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur. None of the Filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the holders of Claims or Interests prior to the Effective Date.

 

F. Successors and Assigns.

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity.

 

49


G. Notices.

All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

 

  1. if to the Debtors, to:

CJ Holding Co.

3990 Rogerdale,

Houston, Texas 77042

Attention: Danielle Hunter, General Counsel

Email address: Danielle.Hunter@cjes.com

with copies to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

Attention: Marc Kieselstein, P.C., Chad J. Husnick, and Emily E. Geier

E-mail addresses: marc.kieselstein@kirkland.com, chad.husnick@kirkland.com, and

emily.geier@kirkland.com

and

Loeb & Loeb LLP

10100 Santa Monica Boulevard

Suite 2200

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Bernard R. Given and Lance Jurich

E-mail addresses: bgiven@loeb.com and ljurich@loeb.com

 

  2. if to a Supporting Creditor:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Timothy Graulich, Damian Schaible, Steven Szanzer, and David Schiff

E-mail addresses: timothy.graulich@davispolk.com, damian.schaible@davispolk.com, steven.szanzer@davispolk.com, and david.schiff@davispolk.com

After the Effective Date, the Debtors have authority to send a notice to Entities that to continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, such Entity must file a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Debtors are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests.

 

H. Term of Injunctions or Stays.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

50


I. Entire Agreement.

Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement) supersedes all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.

 

J. Exhibits.

All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the Debtors’ restructuring website at www.donlinrecano.com/cjenergy or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at www.txs.uscourts.gov/bankruptcy. To the extent any exhibit or document is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the non-exhibit or non-document portion of the Plan shall control.

 

K. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions.

If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtors’ and Required Supporting Creditors’ consent; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.

 

L. Votes Solicited in Good Faith.

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan, and, therefore, neither any of such parties or individuals or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan.

 

M. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.

The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File with the Bankruptcy Court all documents required by Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court to close the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

51


N. Waiver or Estoppel.

Each holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, secured or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or papers Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Confirmation Date.

 

O. Conflicts.

Except as set forth in the Plan, to the extent that any provision of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or any other order (other than the Confirmation Order) referenced in the Plan (or any exhibits, schedules, appendices, supplements, or amendments to any of the foregoing), conflict with or are in any way inconsistent with any provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern and control.

 

52


Dated: December 15, 2016       C&J E NERGY S ERVICES , L TD .
      on behalf of itself and all other Debtors
     

/s/ Mark Cashiola

      Mark Cashiola
      Chief Financial Officer

 

53


Exhibit B

Mediated Settlement Agreement


MEDIATED SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

This is a Mediated Settlement Agreement between the Bankruptcy Estate of CJ Holding Co., et al (the “Debtors”), the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of CJ Holding Co, the Steering Committee of Lenders under the Prepetition Secured Debt Facility and the DIP Facility, and Nabors Corporate Services, Inc. (acting on behalf of itself and as agent for Nabors Industries Ltd., and its subsidiaries and affiliates, other than the Debtors, “Nabors”).

1.    Except for paragraph 2 of this Agreement, this Agreement is subject to the approval of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas through the plan confirmation process. If it is not approved, the parties will be restored to their position without giving effect to this Agreement.

2.    Each party will utilize its best efforts to obtain the approval of the Plan incorporating the terms of this Mediated Settlement Agreement by the Bankruptcy Court on or before December 16, 2016.

3.    Nabors will be awarded two allowed proofs of claim, in addition to the credits and cash payments set forth below. The first proof of claim is for $5,750,000.00 and will be an allowed general unsecured claim. The second proof of claim is for $7,500,000.00 and will be a subordinated allowed general unsecured claim. Distributions on the $7,500,000.00 will be subordinate to a 75% return to the holders of all allowed general unsecured claims sharing in the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the maximum amount payable to Nabors on all of its allowed claims set forth above, in addition to the other consideration set forth herein, is $4,850,000.00.

4.    Nabors will maintain its indemnities as listed on the Schedule attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1. The indemnities will be administered in the manner consistent with prior practice, including the payment of defense costs. Provided:

 

  a. The amount paid on any indemnified claim (excluding defense costs, which will be separately paid) will be paid to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

 

  b. The amount paid to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool on any indemnified claim will be:

 

  i. Initially, 75% of the amount of any Allowed indemnified claim.

 

  ii. Additionally, a “true up” amount equal to the positive difference between the percentage paid on all other Allowed General Unsecured Claims (not to exceed 100%), less the 75% already paid, such that the inclusion of the indemnified claim does not dilute the distribution to other Allowed Unsecured Creditors. The following is an example of the “true up” amount:

 

  1. Assume that, without the indemnified claim and without the 75% initial payment, general unsecured creditors would receive an 82% distribution from the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool; and


  2. Assume that the indemnified claim is $5,000,000.00.

 

  3. Then, the “true up” amount will be $350,000.00.

 

  iii. Paid within 14 days of the date on which an indemnified claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

  c. If the amount paid to Nabors on its allowed claims is less than $4,850,000.00, then amounts paid to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool on an indemnified claim will be paid to an escrow agent, but only to the extent that the amount previously paid on the allowed claims is less than $4,850,000.00. The escrow agent will distribute the funds received by the escrow agent as follows:

 

  i. For each additional dollar distributed to Nabors on account of its allowed claims, one dollar will be paid by the escrow agent to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

 

  ii. If, following the distribution of all funds, Nabors has received less than $4,850,000.00 on account of its allowed claims, an amount will be paid to Nabors to bring Nabors total distributions to $4,850,000.00.

 

  iii. The balance, if any, will be paid to the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool.

 

  d. The fees of the escrow agent will be borne 50% by Nabors and 50% by the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool. The Reorganized Debtor will not be required to pay any additional amounts, costs or fees on account of the escrow arrangement.

5.    The Tax Matters Agreement will be assumed, subject to the following amendments:

 

  a. C&J will pay $300,000.00 in cash to Nabors on the 14th day following the Effective Date of the Plan, on account of existing refunds received to date.

 

  b. All other existing refunds that have already been received by C&J will be retained by C&J.

 

  c. Until C&J has paid $11,500,000.00 under the Tax Matters Agreement from and after December 12, 2016, C&J will pay 75% of all amounts due and Nabors will pay 25% of all amounts due. All amounts will be paid directly to the taxing authorities.

 

  d.

After C&J has paid $11,500,000.00 under the Tax Matters Agreement from and after December 12, 2016, Nabors will pay 100% of all amounts


  due, with payments made directly to the taxing authorities, and entitled to 100% of refunds (other than amounts currently scheduled on C&J’s books and records).

 

  e. Subject to subparagraph (d), all tax refunds received by C&J after December 12, 2016 that would have been owed to Nabors under the Tax Matters Agreement, will be distributed 75% to C&J and 25% to Nabors if the refund is from an amount paid prior to December 12, 2016. Provided, if the refunds due from a taxing authority are set-off by the taxing authority against amounts due to the taxing authority, then amounts payable to the taxing authority will be netted and paid as set forth in subparagraphs (c) and (d).

 

  f. Except as explicitly set forth in this Agreement, there will be no cure claims based on the assumption.

6.    The agreements set forth on Schedule 2 are assumed by C&J, without cure amounts. Except as explicitly set forth in this Agreement, all other pre-petition agreements between C&J and Nabors are rejected. There will be no rejection damages.

7.    On the Effective Date, Nabors will be a Released Party and a Releasing Party under the Plan, but the obligations set forth under this Agreement will not be released.

8.    Nabors will seek no other payments from the Estate, the Lenders or the Unsecured Creditor Recovery Pool except as set forth in this Agreement.

9.    The Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor will satisfy Allowed General Unsecured Claims authorized to be paid under the orders issued at ECF #419. Prior to the confirmation hearing, the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors will review the docket sheet and identify other orders that should be included in this paragraph 9. If the parties are unable to agree on the identification of those Orders, Judge Isgur will reconvene a brief continuation of the mediation by telephone to attempt to resolve the issue.

10.    The distribution of the Interest Holder New Warrants is restored as if no objection to confirmation had been filed, and Nabors will receive its pro rata entitlement to such Interest Holder New Warrants.

11.    Subject to incorporation of this Agreement in the Confirmation Order, Nabors will withdraw its objection to confirmation, will vote in favor of the plan, and will orally request that the Court confirm the plan that incorporates the terms of this Agreement.

12.    All discovery and related motion practice is suspended, and the parties respective rights are preserved, subject to further Bankruptcy Court Order.

13.    The confirmation order will include appropriate language protecting the tax treatment of the grantor trust nature of the liquidating trust under the plan, including the warrants. The confirmation order will include appropriate language retaining Bankruptcy Court jurisdiction to enforce the issuance of the warrants. If necessary to accomplish such goal, the


confirmation order may contain language amending the disclosure statement or plan. If the parties are unable to agree on the language, Judge Isgur will reconvene a brief continuation of the mediation by telephone to attempt to resolve the issue. The Reorganized Debtors will not be required to pay any additional tax liabilities, costs or fees (other than the routine legal fees in the negotiation of the form of the Order and issuance of the warrants) with respect to the matters in this paragraph 13.

14.    Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

/s/ Chad Husnick

For the Debtors

/s/ Tyson Lamazow

For Nabors

/s/ Shari Heyen

For the Creditors Committee

/s/ Damian Schaible

For the Steering Committee of Lenders


C&J Energy Services Ltd. (“C&J”)

Listing of Leases with Nabors Industries Ltd. and its affiliates (“NBR”)

 

Lessor /

Sublessor

  

Lessee / Sublessee

  

Lease /
Sublease

  

Address/Premises

  

City

  

County /
Province

  

State

  

Zip

  

Commonly
Known As

  

Lease /
Sublease
Origination
Date

  

Current
Lease /
Sublease
Term Start
Date

  

Current
Lease /
Sublease
End Date

C&J Well Services, Inc.   

Nabors Drilling

Technologies USA, Inc.

   Sublease    4,726 square feet out of 475 17th Street, Ste. 1100    Denver       CO    80202   

Denver Sales Office

Sublease

   1/1/2016    1/1/2016    11/30/2017
C&J Spec-Rent Services, Inc.   

Nabors Drilling

Technologies USA, Inc.

   Sublease   

1.5 acres out of

1957 Jefferson

Road

   Dry Tavern    Greene County    PA    15357    Dry Tavern Lease    1/1/2016    1/1/2016    9/30/2017
C&J Spec-Rent Services, Inc.   

Nabors Drilling

Technologies USA, Inc.

   Lease    5 acres out of 586 County Road 4 29    Pleasanton    Atascosa County    TX    78064    Pleasanton Lease    1/1/2016    1/1/2016    12/31/2017
Nabors Drilling Technologies USA, Inc.    C&J Well Services, Inc.    Lease    6204 US HWY 59 N    Victoria    Victoria    TX    77905    Victoria Lease    1/1/2016    1/1/2016    12/31/17
Nabors Drilling Technologies USA, Inc.    C&J Spec-Rent Services, Inc.    Lease    385 105M Ave Sw    Killdeer    Dunn    ND       Killdeer Lease    6/1/2016    6/1/2016    5/31/2018
Nabors Global Holdings II Limited    C&J Corporate Services (Bermuda) Ltd.    Sublease   

Crown House, 2 Par la Ville Road,

C&J Offices

   Hamiton       Bermuda    HM 08   

Bermuda

Office

Sublease

(Office)

   5/18/2015    4/1/2015    3/31/2017
Nabors Global Holdings II Limited    C&J Corporate Services (Bermuda) Ltd.    Sublease   

Crown House, 2

Par la Ville Road,

Nabors Conference

Room, Meeting

Room and Server Room

   Hamiton       Bermuda    HM 08   

Bermuda

Office

Sublease

(Common Area)

   10/6/2015    4/1/2015    3/31/2017
C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd.    Nabors Drilling Canada Limited    Lease   

3.5 acres out of 33

Schenk Industrial Road

   Sylvan Lake    Alberta    CN    T4S 2J9    Sylvan Lake Lease    10/1/2014    10/1/2014    11/30/2018
Nabors Drilling Canada Limited    C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd.    Lease    8801 99th Street    Clairmont, Grand Prairie    Alberta    CN    T0H 0W0    Clairmont Lease    7/1/2016    7/1/2015    6/30/2017
Nabors Drilling Canada Limited    C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd.    Lease    500 4th Avenue SW, Suite 2900    Calgary    Alberta    CN    T2P 2V6    Abandonrite Sublease    10/1/2014    10/1/2010    8/1/2020
Nabors Drilling Canada Limited    C&J Energy Production Services-Canada Ltd.    Lease    500 4th Avenue SW, Suite 2900    Calgary    Alberta    CN    T2P 2V6    Calgary Sales Office Sublease    10/1/2014    10/1/2014    8/1/2020


SCHEDULE I

Indemnified Litigation